Home

Draytek Vigor2850 ADSL2+ Ethernet LAN White

1. Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enroliment agent certificate to submit a request for another user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBqjCCARMC AQAWOTELMAKGALUEBhHMCVFcxEDAO _ Base64 Encoded BokqhkiGOwOBCOEWEXByZENzOGRYYXLOZWsuy29t Certificate Request AFGNADCBiQKBgGQDOYB7 wmZFf FhN9 leQnGO3 Xk PKCS 10 or 7 he4bp
2. 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 0 Pemote Network IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Local Network IP 192 168 1 1 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 lore Username rrr Password YJ Compression on off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature x 5095 IPSec Security Method Mediumi 4H High ESP3 AES DES aDES From first subnet to remote network you have to da Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 PIP Direction Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Determine the dial in connection with different types PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below 217 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Vigor2850 Series User s Guide IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below E None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection E Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first
3. Maximum Sessions Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Administration Message Type the words which will be displayed when reaches the maximum number of Internet sessions permitted Click Default Message to display the default message on the screen Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Dr ay Te k 169 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 8 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable IP Routed Subnet Disable Default TX Limit Default RX Limit L Allow auto adjustment to
4. 5 ff Blinking Right LED On Green Off Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 8 4 WAN VDSUADSL USB Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting Internet connection is ready Internet connection is not ready The data is transmitting The Web Content Filter is active It is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup The Web Content Filter is disabled The router is ready to access Internet through ADSL link Slowly The ADSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is training The router is ready to access Internet through VDSL link Slowly The VDSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is training The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while detecting an attack The VPN tunnel is active The QoS function 1s active The port is connected The port is disconnected The data and voice are transmitting The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps Dray Tek f j j Aane Toli Vigor2850i E leg 2k a kea ta o a BE Factory ne Resa 2 3 PWR OFF ISDN GigaLAN gt 1 ANAN VDSUADSL
5. Authentication Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Enable E mail Alert Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following 1 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address 2 Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu i About Router Tools ba Firmware Upgrade Utility fy pyalog fay Router Tools V3 5 1 jo Uninstall Router Tools 3 5 1 Visit DrayTek Web Site 3 From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 300 Dray Te k i DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 phn a a o a TE Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Name vivian NIC Description SiS 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Sc NIC Information MAC Address 00 11 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 192 168 1 10 DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask Pappas aN Mon Jan 22 peo Lease Ob
6. Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4 aa Network Aae a Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies IP Address 5 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now Dray Te k 373 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 6 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows l 2 4 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear w Comma
7. IP Address Edit Address Type Group and Objects v Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group or IP Object or IP Object 1 RD Department or IP Object 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want 124 Dray Tek Dray Tek Service Type Fragments Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type A Service Type Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Service Type Edit Service Type Group and Objects Protocol Source Port Destination Port Service Group or Service Object or Service Object or Service Object To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service Type User defined E User defined Group and
8. Password This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PPP Authentication This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility VJ compression This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization IKE Authentication Method This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity IPSec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Medium AH Authentication Header means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authen
9. T1413 G Lite G DMT ADSL2 6G 992 3 ADSL annex hy ADSLA 6 9972 5 ADSL2 annex NM Multimode Modulation PPPoE Pass through The router offers PPPoE dial up connection Besides you also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local clients to your ISP via the Vigor router When PPPoA protocol is selected the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN server Thus the PC can access Internet through such direction For Wired LAN If you check this box PCs on the same network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet For Wireless LAN If you check this box PCs on the same wireless network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet Note To have PPPoA Pass through please choose PPPoA protocol and check the box es here The router will behave like a modem which only serves the PPPoE client on the LAN That s the router will offer PPPoA dial up connection WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network Detection connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is
10. solution you can choose this option There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Disable Mo Answer Busy or Mo Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set Phone 1 and or Phone 2 as the default ring port s for this SIP account Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Ring Pattern Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Prefer Codec G 711A4 B4kKbps G 711MU 64kbps G 729A B kbps G 723 6 4kbps Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied The amount of data contained
11. Address Mac Address Interface State i FF 2 2 23 33 00 00 00 02 LAN CONNECTED j FF02 tea 33 33 00 01 00 03 LAN CONNECTED FE80 3D5E E74 67531 04465 edg Gd 87 87 68 2 LAN STALE FFO2 1 FFS1 A445 dqa 33 2 51 84 4h LAN CONNECTED FES0 250 7FFF FECS 1E79 00 30 Ti cS le TG LAN STALE FESO 200 TREES PEGE T4305 00 30 77 c8 43 0g LAN STALE PROZ 1 33 33 00 00 00 01 LAN CONNECTED FFO2 1 1O 00 00 00 00 00 USB2 CONNECTED FF 2 Taz 10 00 00 00 00 00 USB2 CONNECTED FE80 9DSC CA86 5428 3CA7 00 26 4d e 63 4E LAN STALE FFO2Z 2 1 FFOA 673 Sa gt 32 f f Ua 67 3e LAN CONNECTED Feso 213 CEFF FEDA 673C 00 13 ce Oa 67 3e LAN STALE z FFO2 1 FFBO BO00C 33733 E E bo bo Oe LAN CONNECTED FEG8O 90 1A00 242 AD52 00 00 00 00 00 00 USB2 CONNECTED FFO2 216 33 33 00 00 00 16 LAN CONNECTED Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Tek 311 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 17 5 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table DHCP v6 IP Assignment Table Refresh LANI 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 DHCP server On Index IP Address MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID 1 192 168 1 10 E0 CB 4E DA 48 795
12. Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Common Settings Enable Dual ISPs Function Check to enable the Dual ISPs function Require ISP Callback CBCP If your ISP supports the callback function check this box to activate the Callback Control Protocol during the PPP negotiation PPP MP Setup Link Type There are three link types provided here for different purpose Link Disable disables the ISDN dial out function Dialup 128Kbps allows you to use both ISDN B channels for Internet access Dialup BOD for detailed information of configuration please refer to section 3 13 4 stands for bandwidth on demand The router will use only one B channel in low traffic situations Once the single B channel bandwidth is fully used the other B channel will be activated automatically through the dialup PPP Authentication PAP only allows you to configure the PPP session to use the PAP protocol to negotiate the username and password with the ISP PAP or CHAP can configure the PPP session to use the PAP or CHAP protocols to negotiate the username and password with the ISP Idle Timeout Idle timeout means the router will be disconnect after being idle for a preset amount of time The default is 180 seconds If you set the time to 0 the ISDN connection to the ISP will always remain on Primary ISP Setup ISP Name Enter your ISP name Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by your ISP Username Enter
13. Create an account Please enter personal profile Dray Tek Gasreement Personal Information Sdcomptetion How did you find out about this website Internet w What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir vv would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Global Server v verification mail 367 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 5 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EFAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E rreferences AR 6 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek corn Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation link below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 7 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm The Confirm message of New Owner Mary maybe timeout Please try again or contact to draytek com Vigor2850 Series User s
14. Disable ISDN Dial Backup Setup Keep WAN Connection Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid This setting is only available for the router supporting ISDN function Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile Dial Backup Mode Packet Triggering Always On None Disable the backup function Packet Triggering The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Always On If the broadband connection is no longer available the backup line will be activated automatically and always on until the broadband connection is restored We recommend you to enable this feature if you host a web server for your customers access Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP 66 Dray Tek Dray Tek WAN Connection Detection RIP Protocol WAN IP Network Settings environments because some ISPs will drop connections if there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to Keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval
15. ISDN Setup ISDN Port Enable Disable Blocked MSN numbers for the router Country Code International v if D Channel Mode ISDN Point to Point 7 O i Own Number Paint to Multipoint Sd Own Number means that the router will tell the st remote end the ISON number when it s placing an outgoing call Index O l 2 T a g SN numbers for the router MSN Numbers means that the router is able to accept number matched incoming calls In addition MSN service should be supported by the local ISDN network provider Available settings are explained as follows Item ISDN Port Country Code D Channel Mode Own Number Blocked MSN Numbers for the router MSN Numbers for the Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Click Enable to open the ISDN port and Disable to close it For proper operation on your local ISDN network you should choose the correct country code It allows you to configure ISDN layer2 protocol as Point to Point Configure ISDN port to use static TEI Terminal Endpoint Identifier Point to Multipoint Configure ISDN port to use Dynamic TEI Enter your ISDN number that you got from ISDN service provider To have such number you have offer your request from ISDN service provider first Every outgoing call will carry the number to the receiver Enter the specified MSN number into the fields to prevent the router from dialing the specific MSN
16. Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 all Country SWITZERLAND i Career Supervisor v 6 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile Gprareement Personal Information How did you find out about this website What kind of anti virus do you use would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Sdcomptetion Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 364 Internet v J Antivir v Global Server W Dray Tek 7 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E Preferences START 8 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek com Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation lnk below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 9 Click the
17. Specify an IP address Always Cn Idle Timeout 1 second s ip ERR IP Address From ISP Subnet Mask tCidC Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Gateway IP Address fs Fixed IP Address fe DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address fe Secondary IP Address fs Available settings are explained as follows Item Description WAN for Router borne Choose the router service for channel 5 6 or 7 Application Management It can be specified for general management Web configuration telnet TR069 If you choose Management the configuration for this VLAN will be effective for Web configuration telnet TR069 VoIP It can be specified for VoIP only If you choose VoIP the configuration for this VLAN will be effective for VoIP data transmitting and receiving IPTV It can be specified for IPTV only If you choose IPTV the configuration for this VLAN will be effective for IPTV data transmitting and receiving For other settings refer to Details Page for PPPoE in WANI Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 82 Dray Tek Bridge General page lets you set the first channel As to set the third channel please click the Bridge tab to open Bridge configuration page WAN gt gt Multi VLAN General Bridge Channel Enable Pi P2 P3 pA 1 2 3 ad L LI 4 d E L 5 d d L 6 LI d dl F LI LI d B l C Oo E Note P1 is reserved for Nat Route use Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check this box to enabl
18. d ATM QoS VPI Port based Bridge QoS Type Protocol Encapsulation PPPoE LLE SNAP 1483 Bridged IP LLC v Mote PIY YCI must be unique for each channel 7 Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable VPI VCI QoS Type Dray Tek Description Check this box to enable that channel The channels that you enabled here will be shown in the Multi PVC channel drop down list on the web page of Internet Access Though you can enable eight channels in this page yet only one channel can be chosen on the web page of Internet Access Type in the value provided by your ISP Type in the value provided by your ISP Select a proper QoS type for the channel 77 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Protocol Select a proper protocol for this channel Protocol PPPoE PPoA PPPoE Encapsulation Choose a proper type for this channel The types will be different according to the protocol setting that you choose 1403 Route IP LLC kd 1463 Bridged IP LLC 1463 Route IP LLC YE MU Wil MUX 1453 Bridged IP VC Mux 1453 Routed IP WC MuxilP oA LLCS NAF WAN link for Channel 5 6 and 7 are provided for router borne application such as TR 069 The settings must be applied and obtained from your ISP For your special request please contact with your ISP and then click WAN link of Channel 5 6 or 7 to configure your router WAN gt gt Multi PVCs gt gt PVC Channel 5 WAN for Route
19. 61 gt era E E a eee ee eee 264 SIE PAE E UELEKEO A E E ee E A E E E 266 PARS S e E E E E doeuneumacpacemu es cantenesstoaeears 270 A COS CONTO anena E E E E E 272 SARS e E E EE E A E E E E EE 273 ACAD a E E se sada does tasusnmaeescseue sec aduaasaiaea es 276 3 14 7 Advanced SCUING wisis ici sasesevsccenecenessesend eteeacetescadendsdocedasesseadseneceaddedetaredebesse seed nee erebeasass 279 3 14 8 WMM Configuration cccccccceeecccceeceseeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeesceeeesaeeeseceeeeessseaaaeeeeeessssaaeeeeeees 280 SA IAP WISCOVGCIY ccc rovn sang cod atenceseeintaseintanctaustesnsintecuutunpstasatesiidesodacimeteTsaatcoivenaisetstetasetenes 281 es LAO EIS e E sods sueaaretsscensotssie vod sigeadasucataeeieconetovssusascacneesss 282 3 14 11 W b Ponal OG I aaiecscegctessecnneisccenendcasaceaenesencadbensseasiasenqsddaassncatdseacetetcancanduecesenenenoes 283 oa SAL gt my AV 0 ore IION erana meen een cet een ee eee en eae ne ee cee a eee 284 3510 1 USB General Settings arnieniaca a iaa 285 315 2 USB User Manageme ccnn E E R 286 Seo o TO EXO O a A E A E A 289 SoA USB Dik TIU e e E E EE 289 Sm reo y 016 EDO a E T E ennee ene 290 3 16 System Maintenance ccccccccssesseecceeecceeeeeeeeceeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeessseasseceeeesssuaaseeeeeeees 292 AEV a e E EE E E E E EE E EEE 292 WO TR OOI e E E E E E E E 293 3 16 3 Administrator PASSWOrG essiensa EAER 295 3 16 4 User PassWord eienn EEan tinnenisematiiisied 296 2162 L
20. All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with QoS control It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification Dray Tek 177 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name Same WO Status Local Address Remote Address PERY Service Type CodePoint 16 Active Any Any IP precedence 2 SY SLOGCUBP 514 20 Active 192 169 1 15 192 169 1 65 AE w aw FTFPETCP 20 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To add a new service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default UDP z Index Status Bandwidth Direction iasa Masa DASS Others Bandwidth omme 1 2 J statistics Control WANT Enable Kkbps Kbps Outbound 25 25 2595 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25
21. Auto Select Auto Select Such item is available only when Rule Based is selected in User Management gt gt General Setup The general firewall rule will be applied to the user user group all users specified here User Object Create New User User Group Create Mew Group ALL Note When there is no user profile or group profile existed Create New User or Create New Group item will appear for you to click to create a new one 119 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide APP Enforcement Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to select please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can s
22. Change default route to this VPN tunnel Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel 3 10 9 VPN TRUNK Management VPN trunk includes four features VPN Backup VPN load balance GRE over IPSec and Binding tunnel policy Features of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Mechanism VPN TRUNK Management is a backup mechanism which can set multiple VPN tunnels as backup tunnel It can assure the network connection not to be cut off due to network environment blocked by any reason gt VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism can judge abnormal situation for the environment of VPN server and correct it to complete the backup of VPN Tunnel in real time Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 220 Dray Te k gt VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism is compliant with all WAN modes single multi Dial out connection types contain IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec and ISDN depends on hardware specification The web page is simple to understand and easy to configure Filly compliant with VPN Server LAN Sit Single Multi Network Mail Alert support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration Syslog support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration Specific ERD Environment Recovery Detection mechanism which can be operated by using Telnet command VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be activated when initial connection of single VPN tunnel is o
23. Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Accept Subject Name Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E Dr ay Tek 207 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 10 7 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 32 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Index User ae e bl Ee pE Ere AP ree es Status Index User Status x 1i Bii x X 18 eee x x 19 ETE x x 20 eco x x 21 ERE x x 22 Pit x x 23 a x X 24 ere x x 25 Ere x x 26 qe x x Zi EEE x x 26 rra x X 29 ane X x 30 eee x x 31 ETE x x 32 727 x Available settings are explained as follows Item Set to Factory Default
24. Ei D lore Dray Te K 343 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 4 4 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router Internet 210 135 240 208 ome l lt i Remote Network 192 168 1 0 Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set parecer PAP or CHAP Authentica Assigned IP range 192 166 1 200 ppa MPPE Optional MPPE Y Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Username id For using I PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 344 Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up fo
25. For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web 29 99 sites or web pages such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p 386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 J 2 6 J i 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters lt body gt lt center gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 160 Dray Tek CSM gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Priority Both Pass i Log 1 URL Access Control Enable URL Access Control Prevent web access from IP address Action Group Object Selections OO E Web Feature JEn
26. High ESP Username Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Item Description When you choose L2TP you will see the following graphic WAN First draytek com marketing 192 166 1 6 255 255 255 0 Cancel When you choose L2TP over IPSec Nice to Have or L2TP over IPSec Must you will see the following graphic YPN 21 WAM First v IM lh 0 0 0 0 Available settings are explained as follows Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters 195 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide VPN Dial Out Through Always On Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Security Method User Name Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only WAN First M WAN First WANI First While connecting the router will use WAN1 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 as the only channel for VPN connection WAN2 First While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN2 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WAN2 Only While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the only channel for VPN connection Check to enable
27. If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN2 interface you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WANT WAN 2 Index Enable al F 2s Fj WAN WANS Aux WARK IP Private IP Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Private IP Choose PC Dray Tek Description Check to enable the DMZ Host function Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host Bins C o 13 168 10 130 166 1 18 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting DMZ Host Setup WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN 2 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP ie 172 16 3 102 192 168 1 10 2 oO 172 16 3 200 109 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open
28. Index User Status Description Click to clear all indexes Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 208 Dray Tek Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 11 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 second s Allowed Dial In Type ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy C Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP orPeerID Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block Multicast via VPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc Subnet O Assign Static IP Address pooo Username Password Authentication Type Local User Database L Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP po IKE Authentication Method PIN Code Secret Pre Shared Key Eas L Digital Signature xX 509 IPSe
29. NofOvnamic IF Click Yes to enable Fixed IP feature Type the IP address if Fixed IP is enabled Type the subnet mask Type in the primary IP address for the router 24 Dray Tek 3 4 Dray Tek Secondary DNS Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard Please type in the IP address mask gateway information originally provided by your ISP Then click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface Physical Mode Fallback Mode WPT WILT Protocol Encapsulation Fixed IP Primary DNS Secondary DNS WEAR 1 ADSL ADSL only O 33 1483 Bridge LLC Ho Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet 25 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 2 3 2 For WAN2 Ethernet WAN2 is dedicated to physical mode in Ethernet If you choose WAN2 please specify physical type Then click Next Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface WAN Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation On the next page as shown below please select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your I
30. SMB CI SMTP C SNMP C SSH O SSL TLS C TELNET LImMssar Ci mysar Cl Oracle Cl PostgreSQL C Sybase CIDE2 LJ Informix Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Type a name for the CSM profile Profile Name Select All Click it to choose all of the items in this page Clear All Uncheck all the selected boxes The profiles configured here can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow Below shows the items which are categorized under IM CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name IM P2P Select All Clear All Protocol Misc Advanced Management Activity Application MSN YahooIM AIM lt v5 9 ICQ Login O O O Message F oO O O File Transfer F C C d Game d O P O Conference Video Voice F d F F Other Activities F F F IM Application VoIP O AIM6 7 L QQ TM Clichat C Jabber GoogleT alk Cl GoogleChat xFire CI GaduGadu C Paltalk Ciskype Cl Kubao C Qnext Olrpoco pp365 O AresChat Oaliww Cl Gizmo CI SIP RTP Oke CJLava Lava CJicu2 Kispa Cl TelTel O TeamSpeak Cluc C MmobiemsN Baiduhi Web IM more than one address eMessenger WebMSN meebo eBuddy ILovelM ICQ Java ICQ Flash goowy IMhaha getMessenger CiWebIM URLS IMunitive Wablet acta MSN2GO KoollM MessengerFX Vigor2850 Series User s Guide MessengerAdictos WebYahoolM 158 Dray Tek
31. Type IP address 192 168 50 100 of the client in the field of Peer GRE IP See the following graphic for an example Callback Budget a minute s 4 GRE over IPSec Settings L Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec l Logical Traffic My GRE Ip 192 160 50 200 Peer GRE IP 192 160 50 100 5 TCPAIP Network Settings My WAN IP foo RIF Direction TURY Both Remote Gateway IP Oooo em first subnet to remote network you have ta Remote Network IP 192 168 10 0 Route Remote Network Mask 255 2755 755 0 Later on peer side as VPN Client please type 192 168 50 100 in the field of My GRE IP and type IP address of the server 192 168 50 200 in the field of Peer GRE IP Callback Budget fp minutets 4 GRE over IPSec Settings M Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec Logical Traffic y GPE IP 192 168 60 100 Peer GRE IP 92 168 50 200 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIF Direction TRX Both Remote Gateway IP 000p From first subnet to remote network you hawe to 0 0 d Femote Network IP 192 165 1 0 Route Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 hore Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 JK lear Cancel Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 226 Dray Tek Advanced Load Balance and Backup After setting profiles for load balance you can choose any one of them and click Advance for more detailed configuration The windows for advan
32. if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection E Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Specify Remote VPN Gateway You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings User Name This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Password This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above IKE Authentication Method This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digita
33. s Guide 3 17 7 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis ipv4 Ou1pve Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping through Unspecified IP Address O O O Run Ping to Result Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis ping pve Address S O Result Clear Available settings are explained as follows Item Description IPV4 IPV6 Choose the interface for such function Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 314 Dray Tek want to ping IP Address Type the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Ping IPv6 Address Type the IPv6 address that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 3 17 8 Data Flow Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke D
34. the IPv6 connection will be disabled WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP Internet Access Mode Details Page for IPv6 PPP in WAN1 WAN2 IPvG During the procedure of IPv4 PPPoE connection we can get the IPv6 Link Local Address between the gateway and Vigor router through IPv6CP Later use DHCPv6 or Accept RA to acquire the IPv6 prefix address such as 2001 B010 7300 200 64 offered by the ISP In addition PCs under LAN also can have the public IPv6 address for Internet access by means of the generated prefix No need to type any other information for PPP mode Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 72 Dray Tek WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP IPvo Internet Access Mode Connection Type PPP w Note IPy4 WAN setting should be PPPoE client Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on PPPoE mode Online Status Physical Connection system Uptime 0 0 30 IPv4 IPv6 LAN Status IP Address 2001 5010 7300 200 21D AAFF FE7A 3E58 64 Global FE80 21D AAFF FE7A 3E58 64 Link TA Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 7 g 618 D72 WANZ IPv Status Enable Mode Up Time Yes PPP 0 00 11 IP Gateway IP 2001 8010 7300 200 21D AAFF FE7A SE5A 128 Global FE80 90 1400 242 AD52 FE80 1D AAFF FE A 3E5A 128 Link DNS IP 7001 B000 168 1 2001 6000 168 2 TA Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes Fi 4 544 616 Note At present the IPv
35. the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 104 Dray Te k 3 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail se
36. 10 10 54 970 carrie OcTcb251 2 192 168 1 1 00 1D A4 00 00 00 Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table DHCP v6 IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCPyY6 server binding client Index IP76 Address MAC Address Leased Time Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 32 Dray Tek 3 17 6 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table NAT Active Sessions Table Refresh 192 166 1 24 393 93 Leo 192 166 1 20T 46 25 2 192 166 1 207 46 5 10 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Private IP Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT Peer IP Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host Interface It displays the representing number for different interface Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Te k 313 Vigor2850 Series User
37. 15 E rr 16 aes 1 TTY 16 ove 143 x rr 2 faa 21 coe Ze TTY 23 E rr 24 aes 25 TTY 26 TTY B of E rr 20 PTY 29 E TTY k 2 When you finish the mode and profile selection please click Next to open the following page VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Connection Setting Security ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest Throughput ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest 1 L2TP over IPSec 1 PPTP None Encryption 2 IPSec 2 L2TP 3 PPTP Encryption ay IPSec 4 L2TP 4 L2TFP over IPSec 5 PPTP None Encryption 5 PPTP Encryption Select YPN Type PPTP None Encryption w PPTP i None Ener votion PPTP Encryption IPSec LTF LATP over Pec Nice ta Have LATP over IPSec Must Dray Tek 193 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide In this page you have to select suitable VPN type for the VPN client profile There are six types provided here Different type will lead to different configuration page After making the choices for the client profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection s you made When you choose PPTP None Encryption or PPTP Encryption you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client PPTP None Encryption Settings Profile Name WPN Dial Out Through O Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Username Pa
38. 161 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Log URL Access Control Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Both Pass Both Pass Both Block Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Mone Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed
39. 172 16 24 150 ep Current Login Time 2011 03 16 18 20 31 tebe aL Current Login From 172 16 3 148 VigorPro P duct Reaistrati Rowha 5 Pageno P Add roduct Registration Customer Survey Regist i Your Device List Serial Number i Seraun poveo name moas te C DEAD 0 OA 5 When the following page appears please type in Nickname for the router and choose the right registration date from the popup calendar it appears when you click on the box of Registration Date After adding the basic information for the router please click Submit About Us My Product Search for this site Product My Information Registration Device VigorACS SI VigorPro Serial number 2011031609200201 Product Registration Nickname Customer Survey Registration Date 03 16 2011 Usage Product Rating Your opinion so far No of Employees In total within your company Supplier fo O Where you bought it from Date of Purchase fo O mm dd yyyy Internet Connection O Cable ADSL C Fiber O 3G O WiMAX Please use IE 5 0 or above resolution 1024 768 for best display DrayTek Corp Cancel 6 When the following page appears your router information has been added to the database Your device has been successfully added to the database Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 44 Dr ayle k 7 Now you have finished the product registration 8 After clicking OK you will see the
40. 25 25 2556 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 dit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type MO Name Protocol Port 1 Empty F Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 178 Dray Tek For adding a new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Port Number boo a Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP or other for the new service Port Configuration Type Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type By the way you can set up to 10 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification 3 9 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications 3 9 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you
41. Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm Thank for your register in VigorPra Web Site The Register process is completed Dray Te k 365 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 10 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password Please take a moment to register Membership Registration entitles you to upgrade firmware for your purchased product and receive news about upcoming products and services Password Auth Code TahelC l4he1C Ifyou cannot read the word click here Forgotten password Don t have a MyVigor Account Create an account now lf you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer senice Customer Service 8860 3 597 2727 or 11 Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into My Vigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want 4 9 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Site 1 Access into http myvigor draytek com Find the line of Not registered yet Then click the link Click here to access into next page Dray Tek FI Home MyVigor for you E MyVigor website replaces the VigorPro site as DrayTek s portal site for the latest products and services in network security including
42. Anti About Us Product Beate ___ d My Information Virus Anti Spam Web Content Filter etc The products and functions Password VigorPro that are supported in this site include nutcode VigorPro Unified Security Firewall series H Qbk q Vcd e Activation of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter If you can t read the AuthCode click here license key e Activation of DT Anti Virus license key P e Activation of Commtouch Anti Spam license key and 3 membership i Not registered yet Click here Vigor routers for models that support Commtouch i e Activation of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter license key d The MyVigor website contains a trail version of Commtouch l GlobalView Web Content Filter which allows the users to set filters to J block out undesirable web pages in the Internet jungle U ee More customer oriented services are planned for MyVigor site for the display DrayTek Corp near future vi Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 366 Dray Tek 2 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile Grersonal Information E Preferences completion 1 Agreement Draytek provides Myvigor myvigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyVigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can m
43. Description Index Gad iaa UU a a CD Ml e a j nn N ee a rc ie a A ee Clear all profiles Setto Factory Default Name Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 Harme www Protocol Source Port Destination Port Available settings are explained as follows To b TCP Clear A ac i a oo Cancel Item Description 148 Dray Tek Name Type a name for this profile Protocol Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Destination Port Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Below is an example of service type objects settings
44. E Pan mT To set the user profile please click any index number link to open the following page Notice that profile 1 admin and profile 2 System Reservation are factory default settings Profile 2 is reserved for future use User Management gt User Profile Profile Index 3 Password Confirm Password fo Idle Timeout mings 0 Unlimited Max User Login booo 0 Unlimited External Server Authentication Fop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Web Alert Tool Telnet Landing Page P L Enable Time Quota fo mings Refresh more bo mints Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Dray Tek 135 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable this account Check this box to enable such user profile User Name Type a name for such user profile e g LAN_User_Group_l WLAN_User_Group_A WLAN_User_Group_B etc When a user tries to access Internet through this router an authentication step must be performed first The user has to type the User Name specified here to pass the authentication When the user passes the authentication he she can access Internet via this router However the accessing operation will be restricted with the conditions configured in this user profile Password Type a password for such profile e g lug 123 wug123 wug456 etc When a user tries to access Internet through this router an authentication step must be p
45. Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert
46. Guide 368 Dray Tek Dray Tek 8 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password Then type the code in the box of Auth Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it Please take a moment to register Membership Registration entitles you to upgrade firmware for your purchased product and receive news about upcoming products and services UserName Mary Password sses Auth Code T helC T4he1C Ifyou cannot read the word click here Forgotten password Dont have a MyVigor Account 7 Create an account now lf you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer se mice Customer Senmice 886 3 597 2727 ar Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into MyVigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want 369 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide This page 1s left blank Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 370 Dray Te k Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP setti
47. IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address Comment Type a brief description for the entry Show Comment Check it to display the content of the comment IP Bind List It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information Add It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List Edit It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before Delete You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Delete The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed 3 2 6 LAN Port Mirror LAN port mirror can be applied for the users in LAN Generally speaking this function copies traffic from one or more specific ports to a target port This mechanism helps manager track the network errors or abnormal packets transmission without interrupting the flow of data access the network By the way user can apply this function to monitor all traffics which user needs to check There are some advantages supported in this feature First it is more economical
48. IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name td fe fad PR I IR IR I Im fee fe fe Mo es ee ee ee ee ee oe I SFerFBRESBrerrereree Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Dr ay Tek 143 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Name Administration Interface Available IP Objects Selected IP Objects 1 RD Department 2 Financial Dept 3 HF Department Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 144 Dray Te k 3 6 3 IPv6 Object You can set up to 64 sets of IPv6 Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt IPv Object IPvb Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name a oo fo Pe Pa PO Pe Pa PR PR PR PR e em fee et Pot fem ad Pt fe a
49. ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation Please configure WAN1 WAN2 and WAN3 settings This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 WAN2 and WANS3 respectively In default WAN2 is disabled If you want to enable it simply click the WAN2 link and select Yes in the field of Enable WAN gt gt General Setup Load Balance Mode Auto Weight w Setup Physical Line Speed Kbps Index Enable Mode Type DownLink UpLink Active Mode WANT Ki ADSL p o Always On WAN Ethernet Auto negotiation 0 0 Always On WANS y USETE 0 0 Always On Note Line Sneed only used for load balance mode according to Line Sneed Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Load Balance Mode This option is available for multiple WAN for getting enough bandwidth for each WAN port If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode Auto Weight a Auto Weight According ta Line Speed Index Click the WAN interface link under Index to access into the WAN configuration page Enable V means such WAN interface is enabled and ready to be used Dray T
50. LAN as well as Internet access Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 264 Dray Te k The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only Multiple SSIDs Vigor router supports four SSID settings for wireless connections Each SSID can be defined with different name and download upload rate for selecting by stations connected to the router wirelessly Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router 1s equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Comp
51. O create Remove Note The folder name can only contain theNeteanecbebers A F a z 0 96 the ly and space 4 Click OK to save the configuration 5 Make sure the FTP service is running properly Please open a browser and type ftp 192 168 1 1 Use the account user1 to login Log On As gt Either the server does not allow anonyrnoous logins or the e mail address was not accepted FIP server 192 168 1 1 User name Password After vou log on you can add this server to vaur Favorites and return to it easily FTF does not encrypt or encode passwords or data before sending them to the server To protect the security of your passwords and data use Web Folders CWeboay instead Learn more about using Web Folders Log on anonymously Save password Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 334 Dr ay Te k 6 When the following screen appears it means the FTP service is running properly File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back j i P Search I Folders is FinaldataEn opkg install tempstorage iTunesSetu wlc 1 1 5 wi Other Places E Internet Explorer 4 My Documents a MP3 MPS MP3 om Shared Documents a My Network Places 115 bmp 12 Always Air supply lost Crystal Open mp iInlove mp3 Flower mps 7 Return to USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status The information for FTP server will be shown as below USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass St
52. ON OFF WPS button twice to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration GigaLAN 1 3 Connecters for local network devices 4 WAN Connecter for local network devices or remote network devices VDSL ADSL Connecter for accessing the Internet USB Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dr ay Tek 5 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 1 2 3 For Vigor2850Vn Wireless L ONIQFFIWPS act WLAN Line O Q D USB ADSL Phone Facto LED Status ACT Activity Blinking Off USB Blinking WAN2 Blinking WLAN Blinking ADSL n Blinking VDSL n Blinking Line n Off Phone 1 2 Blinking LED on Connector Left LED n GigaLAN 1 2 3 Green Off Blinking Right LED On Green Off Left LED n GigaLAN 4 WAN Green Off Giga Blinking Right LED On Green Off Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 6 MARAA N GigaLANne 1 Vigor2850Vn WOSL Security Firewall 2 AVAN VDSLIADSL USE Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB device is connected and ready for use The
53. PPP Enable Up Time Yes DHCP v6 Client 0 00 28 IP Gateway IP FESO 90 1400 242 4D52 2001 8000 168 1 001 8000 168 2 TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes Fi 3 544 506 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 328 Dray Tek Static IPv6 Choose Static IPv6 Type IPv6 address Prefix Length and Gateway Address WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IP v6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type Static IPv6 Address configuratiion IPv6 Address FESO 250 TFFF FEEA TEF2 64 Static IPv6 Gateway configuratiion IPv Gateway Address Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful the physical connection will be shows as follows Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 0 21 30 IPv4 IPv6 LAN Status IP Address 2001 B010 7300 701 250 7FFF FEEA 7EE0 64 Global FE8O 250 7FFF FEEA 7EEO 64 Link TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes a2 tid 3176 15656 WAN IPv6 Status gt gt Drop PPP Enable Mode Up Time Yes Static IPv6 0 00 28 Gateway IP FESO 90 1400 242 4DS52 2001 B8000 168 1 001 B8000 168 2 TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes Fi 3 544 506 Dray Te k 329 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide ll Configuring the LAN Settings After finished the WAN settings for IPv6 please configure the LAN settings to make the router s client getting the IPv6 address 1 Access into the web configurator of Viogr
54. PPPoE client Cancel Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 324 Dray Tek Dray Tek Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful you will get the IP address for IPv4 and IPv6 at the same time Online Status Physical Connection py a 7 IPv6 LAN Status Primary DNS 168 95 192 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 2096 2721 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Name Mode VDSL PPPoA GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps 0 0 Message PPP Shutdown WAN 2 Status Enable Line Name Mode Ethernet PPPOE IF GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps 111 251 162 533 168 95 98 254 736 29 Online Status Physical Connection IPwd LAN Status IP Address 2001 8010 7280 101 250 FFF FEES 7EEO 64 Global FESO 250 FFF FEES EEQ O4 Lin TX Packets RX Packets 4 WAN IPv6 Status Gateway IP System Uptime 0 5 35 secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 gt gt Dial PPPoA Up Time 00 00 00 RX Packets RX Rate Bps 0 0 gt gt Drop PPPoE Up Time 0 05 23 RX Packets RX Rate Bps 610 78 System Uptime 0 3 39 gt gt Drop PPP 0 7280 101 250 FFF FEEA fEE2 128 Global PESO SO 1400 4143 4F3F 2001 B000 166 1 2001 E000 108 2 TX Packets RX Packets 7 5 325 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide TSPC Tunnel application both IPv6 hosts communicate through IPv4 network Choose TSPC and type the information for TSPC service Note While using such mode you have to make sure t
55. Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status 1 H a 4 i a H 6 H H g 4 g H 10 H lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the Service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 110 Dray Tek NAT gt Open Ports gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports WAR Interface WAMI 9 Local Computer 197 166 1 10 Choose PC End Part Protocol Start Port End Port 4700 6 4700 Protocol 4500 LUPE UEP i AOON HULL Available settings are explained as follows a A Item Description Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry Comment Make a name for the defined network application service WAN IP Specify
56. READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it 2 Then please open USB Application gt gt USB General Settings to enable Samba service USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 Maximum 6 Default Charset Default v Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood a he i LAN Only OLAN And WAN NetBios Name Service Workgroup Name WORKGROUP Host Name Vigor Note 1 If Charset is set to default only English long file name is supported 2 Multi sessian ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client have multi connection mechanism such as Filezilla you may limit client connections setting to 1 to get better performance 3 A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the hast name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the follawing lt gt 7 3 Setup a user account for the FTP service by using USB Application gt gt USB User Management Click Enable to enable FTP Samba User account Here we add a new account user and assign authorities Read Write and List to it Dray Te k 333 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide USB Application gt gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User Username Password Access Rule File Directory MlList
57. RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this 61 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Bridge Mode WAN IP Network Settings DNS Server IP Address Vigor2850 Series User s Guide function If you choose Bridged IP as the protocol you can check this box to invoke the function The router will work as a bridge modem This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI1 only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog WANT IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool iP w aa iW 2 5G mN bh mN N Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type in the private IP address Subnet Mask Type in the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type in gateway IP address Default MAC Address Type in MAC address for t
58. Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity Note Selection items for Ring Port will differ according to the router you have Dr ay Tek 245 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name w N e I I I oo N Ie A S _ _ l I I I Is M l Codec G 7294 B G 7294 B G 7294 B G 7294 B G 7294 B G 7294 B G 7294 B G 7294 B G 729A4 B G 7294 B G 7294 B G 7294 B Ring Port L Phone1 C Phone1 Phone1 L Phone1 C Phone1 C Phone1 L Phone1 C Phone1 Phone1 L Phone1 Phone1 C Phonei L Phone2 C Phone2 Cl Phone2 CI Phone2 C Phonez Cl Phone2 L Phone2 CI Phone2 Cl Phone2 CI Phonez2 L Phone2 C Phone NAT Traversal Setting STUN Server External IP SIP PING Interval R success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP server 150 sec Available settings are explained as follows Item Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Codec Ring Port Status STUN Server External IP Vigor2850 Series User
59. Server Port 80 L Enable PING from the Internet Access List List IJPy6 Address Prefix Length poo 88 ee oe a Note Telnt Http server port is the same as IPw4 Available settings are explained as follows Item Management Access Control Access List Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Enable PING from the Internet Check the checkbox to enable all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is disabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only 304 Dray Tek login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three IPs subnet masks is allowed IPv6 Address Prefix Length Indicate the IP address es allowed to login to the router 3 16 10 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup iz Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index 1 15 in Schedule Setu
60. Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 3 8 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If Dray Te k 171 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deploy
61. Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route The router offers IPv4 and IPv6 for you to configure the static route Both protocols bring different web pages Static Route for IPv4 LAN gt Static Route Setup IPw4 IPwo Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status L TTF F G TT 7 2 TTT T TT T ae PRF T a 77 T 4 TTT T g TTT T a TTF 7 10 TT F Status w Active x Inactive 7 Empty Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page to set up static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default settings Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference Diagnostics gt View Routing Talle Laurent Running Routing Table Ratresh Reyi connected 3 static FE RIP default private Pe 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 wia 172 186 3 1 TANI 157 160 1 0 22o 255 2535 0 15 directly t d LAN 172 163 0 255 55 255 0 is directly connected HANI Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 96 Dray Tek Static Route for IPv6 You can set up to 40 profiles for IPv6 static route LAN gt Static Route Setup IPw4 IP vo Setto Factory Default View
62. SysLog Access Setup Router Name Description Enable Check Enable to activate function of syslog Syslog Save to Check Syslog Server to save the log to Syslog server Check USB Disk to save the log to the attached USB storage disk Display the name for such router configured in System Maintenance gt gt Management If there is no name here simply lick the link to access into System Maintenance gt gt Management to set the router name Server IP Address The IP address of the Syslog server Destination Port Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Mail Syslog Check the box to recode the mail event on Syslog Enable syslog message Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to 299 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Syslog AlertLog Setup Check Enable to activate function of alert log AlertLog Port Type the port number for alert log The default setting is 514 Mail Alert Setup Check Enable to activate function of mail alert Send a test e mail Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not SMTP Server The IP address of the SMTP server Mail To Assign a mail address for sending mails out Return Path Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside
63. Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name le Default 5 2 6 3 i 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters Cache L1 L Cache lt hody gt lt center gt lt hr gt lt br gt lt br lt p gt The requested Web page lt br gt from 51Ps lt hr gt to URL lt hr gt that ia categorized with CLs lt br gt has been blocked by PNANE Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt hody gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Activate Click it to access into MyVigor for activating WCF service Setup Query Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting auto selected You need to specify a server for categorize searching when you type URL in browser based on the web content filter profile Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 164 Dray Te k Setup Test Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting auto selected Find more Click it to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable server Test a site to verify Click this link to do the verification whether it is categorized Set to Factory Default Click this link to retrieve the factory settings Cache None the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF precisely however the processing rate 1s normal Such item can provide the most accurate URL matching L1 the router will
64. USB Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration ISDN Connecter for ISDN line GigaLAN 1 3 Connecters for local network devices 4 WAN Connecter for local network devices or modem for accessing Internet VDSL ADSL Connecter for accessing the Internet USB Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dr ay Tek 9 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect the XDSL interface to the external XDSL splitter with an XDSL line cable for all models For Vigor2850Vn also connect Line interface to external XDSL splitter LINE Line DSL 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable RJ 45 to one of the LAN ports of the router and the other end of the cable RJ 45 into the Ethernet port on your computer 3 Connect the telephone set with phone lines for using VoIP function For the model without phone ports skip this step 4 Connect one end of the power adapter to the router s power port on the rear panel and the other side into a wall outlet 5 Power on the device by pressing do
65. Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Sales Time QuktSec j Router IP 192 160 1 1 Fort Firmware File Documents and Settings Carrie al Password PO Sending 11 Now the firmware update is finished Using Web Page The web page also can guide you to upgrade firmware Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System 1 Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www DrayTek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp DrayTek com 2 Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file PO Click Upgrade ta upload the file Upgrade TFITP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Yersion 3 3 6 _RC4 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility ta start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running Do you want to upgrade firmware in amp oO M e 3 Select a firmware file by clicking Browse 4 Click Upgrade to perform the firmware upgrade Dray Te k 355 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 4 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CAServerA CA Server B Internet ED
66. a configuration file es 2 Click Restore to upload the file Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download You are downloading the File config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself Emy Documents We 4 My Computer My Recent Emy Network Places Documents BB R5 COM Lite 3 _MWSnapsoo C TeleDanmark i Tools ja 7 F config v2k2_232_config_1 y2k6_250_config_1 My Documents 8 My Computer My Network Save as type Configuration file we Dray Tek 297 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below Sys
67. addition it does not have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with neighboring devices of 802 1 1a b g Channel Bandwidth 20 the router will use 20Mhz for data transmission and receiving between the AP and the stations 20 40 the router will use 20Mhz or 40Mhz for data transmission and receiving according to the station capability Such channel can increase the performance for data transit Guard Interval It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and reflections for the sensitive digital data If you choose auto as guard interval the AP router will choose short guard interval increasing the wireless performance or long guard interval for data transmit based on the station capability Aggregation MSDU Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes It is used for improving MAC layer s performance for some brand s clients The default setting is Enable Dr ay Tek 279 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 14 8 WMM Configuration WMM is an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC BE AC BK AC VI and AC VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sl
68. and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity X09 Peer ID Accounts Index Name FoR ERBRBEBeEerP Ar Pree Available settings are explained as follows Item Set to Factory Default Index Name Status X KOK a Description Click it to clear all indexes Set to Factory Default Status mm ee ee a a a ee ee Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 206 Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name one Enable this account Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address k IP Accept Subject Name Country T State 5T SSS Location L Orginization Unit OU Po Common Name CN Email S Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type the name of the profile Accept Any Peer ID Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Accept Subject Click to check one specific field of digital signature to Alternative Name accept the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address
69. as follows Item Description Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status PE Broadband P og Disconnected ale WAN Miniport PPPOE Network Tasks Gereral E Create a new connection f Set up a home or small Internet Gateway office network Status Connected Dial up Duration 00 19 06 aa test Speed 100 0 Mbps i i Network Troubleshooter Disc Activity Interet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway wd u 4 J G Control Panel me IP Broadband Connection on D My Network Places said patas E My Documents 3 Sent 404 734 Received 1 115 BBE d My Computer A __LAN or High Speed Internet Broperties Details Local 4rea Connection Enabled TA Realtek RTL8139 810x Family Close Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applica
70. as outbound proxy Display Name Account Number Name L Authentication ID Password Expiry Time MAT Traversal Support Call Forwarding SIP URL Time Out Ring Port Ring Pattern Prefer Codec Packet Size voice Active Detector Po 23 char max me 68 char mary 68 char mary 68 char mar pon sec y sec L Phonei C Phone C Single Codec Available settings are explained as follows Item Profile Name Register via Dray Tek Description Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without Registration Choosing Auto is recommended The system will select a proper way for your VoIP call 247 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Act as Outbound Proxy Display Name Account Number Name Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Re
71. ay Te k 295 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 16 4 User Password This page allows you to set new password for user operation System Maintenance gt gt User Password LJEnable User Mode for simple web configuration User Password Note Password can contain only a z A Z0 9 x gt 2 0 Sl Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable User Mode for After checking this box you can access into the web simple web configuration configurator with the password typed here for simple web configuration The settings on simple web configurator will be different with full web configurator accessed by using the administrator password Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 3 16 5 Login Customization System Maintenance gt gt Login Customization Login Customization Login Background URL 63 char max Login Description 4 3 char max Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 296 Dray Tek 3 16 6 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select
72. can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management Certificate Management 3 11 1 Local Certificate Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request window Dray Te k 231 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address IP Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Orginization 0 Orginization Unit COU Common Name CN Email E Key Type Key Size Generate Type in all the information that the window requests Then click Generate again Import Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information Refresh Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request After clicking Generate the generated infor
73. change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset 308 Dray Tek 3 17 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics 3 17 1 Dial out Triggering Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection e g PPPoE is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Triggering Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format OO 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 OO 00 OO OO 00 00 00 O00 O00 OO 00 00 00 O00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 O00 OO 00 00 00 O00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 O00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 Decoded Format 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pr O len 0 0 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Te k 309 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 17 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table IPv6 Routing Table Key C connected 5 static R RIP default pri
74. check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the URL has been accessed previously it will be stored for a short time about 1 second in the router to be accessed quickly if required Such item can provide accurate URL matching with faster rate L2 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the data has been accessed previously the IP addresses of source and destination IDs will be memorized for a short time about 1 second in the router When the user tries to access the same destination ID the router will check it by comparing the record stored If it matches the page will be retrieved quickly Such item can provide URL matching with the fastest rate L1 L2 Cache the router will check the URL with fast processing rate combining the feature of L1 and L2 Eight profiles are provided here as Web content filters Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page The items listed in Categories will be changed according to the different service providers If you have and activate another web content filter license the items will be changed simultaneously All of the configuration made for web content filter will be deleted automatically Therefore please backup your data before you change the web content filter license Dr ay Tek 165 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Default Black White Li
75. code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card lt e M MES PIN Code of Station For WPS is supported in WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode if you do not choose such mode in Wireless LAN gt gt Security you will see the following message box Microsoft Internet Explorer A WPS only supports in WPRASWPAS PRE Mode Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN gt gt Security to choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode and access WPS again Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 274 Dr ay Te k Below shows Wireless LAN gt gt WPS web page Wireless LAN gt gt WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Enable WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Information WPS Status Configured SSID DrayTek Authentication Mode Disable Device Configure Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode Note WPS can help your wireless chent automatically connect to the Access point WPS is Disabled WPS is Enabled Waiting for WPS requests from wireless clients Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable WPS Check this box to enable WPS setting WPS Status Display related system information for WPS If the wireless security encryption function of the router is properly configured you can see Configured message here SSID Display the SSID1 of the router WPS is supported by SSID1 only Authentication Mode Display curren
76. connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 64 Dray Tek IP Address Assignment Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each Method IPCP time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog WANZ IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 1 7 172 16 3 102 7 172 16 3 200 2 K 3 4 m gimi mN pi N aS Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for S
77. connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by Dray Tek 179 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org Www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account l Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password fest 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default Enable Dynami
78. data is transmitting Internet connection is ready Internet connection is not ready The data is transmitting Wireless access point is ready It will blink slowly while wireless traffic goes through If ACT and WLAN LEDs blink quickly and simultaneously when WPS is working and it will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within 2 minutes The router is ready to access Internet through ADSL link Slowly The ADSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is training The router is ready to access Internet through VDSL link Slowly The VDSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is training A PSTN phone call comes in and out However when the phone call is disconnected the LED will be off There is no PSTN phone call The phone connected to this port is off hook The phone connected to this port is on hook A phone call comes The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps Dray Tek 2 e Vigor2850Vn 2 VDSL2 Security Firewall Wireless LAN 3 ONIOFF WPS a a o oo m i BE Factory ore mm OEE 2 3 Phonet 2 Line GigaLAN gt 1 ANAN VDSLIADSL USB PWR Interface Description Wireless LAN Press Wirele
79. dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 60000 Strict Make the MAC address and IP address settings configured in IP Object for Source IP and Destination IP be bound for applying such filter rule No Strict no limitation Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later Mone w Choose the WAN interface for applying Load Balance Policy Such item is available only when Rule Based is selected in User Management gt gt General Setup The general firewall rule will be applied to the user user group all users specified here User Object Create New User User sroup Create Mew Group ALL Note When there is no user profi
80. enable disable Call Filter and Data Filter determine general rule for filtering the incoming and outgoing data Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Default Rule Call Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Data Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for same games ex CS 3 Enable Strict Security Firewall Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Dray Tek 117 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Data Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Accept large incoming Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets Enable Strict Security Check the box to enable such function Firewall All the packets while transmitting through Vigor router will be filtered by firewall settings configured by Vigor router if such feature i
81. file to restore ee ct Decrypt password Click to upload the file 3 12 VoIP Note This function is used for V models Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP is an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field the password field and the sign following them This 1s very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PST
82. find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Cerificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file es Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information gt Certificate Information Windows Internet Explorer hittpv192 166 1 LidocCalryil him J Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 Valid From Valid To Close Dray Tek 233 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 11 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption password for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certificate Management gt gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Backup Encrypt password Po Confirm password fe Click to download certificates to your local PC as a file Restoration Select a backup
83. following page Your router has been registered to myvigor website successfully If you have not activated web content filter service by using Service Activation Wizard you can activate the service from this step Please click the serial number link oad My Information seine Welcome james_fae Product Last Login Time 2011 03 16 01 45 09 My Information Last Login From 172 16 2 180 Current Login Time 2011 03 16 18 20 31 VigorACS SI Current Login From 172 16 3 148 VigorPro RowNo PageNo Customer Survey Your Device List 2011031609200201 vigor 2850 Vigor2850 4 9 From the Device s Service section click the Trial About Us Device Inf ti Pee evice inrormation My Information Nickname vigor2850 l Serial 2011031609200201 VigorACs SI Model Vigor2850 Series Customer Survey Start Date Expired Date NCF Commtouc The Commitouch GlobalView Web Filter is provided for Vigor router with only 1 month trial After trial eriod please purchase the official package from your local DrayTek dealer distributor BPiM is the web content fiter bated on service operated in Germany We recommend only users live in Germany ta try the BRIM VCP service This js a free service without guarantee 10 Inthe following page check the box of I have read and accept the above Agreement The system will find out the date for you to activate this version of service Then click Next Confirm Messag
84. for ADSL PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout second 5 LLC SNAP a PPPoE IP Address From ISP __YWAN IP Alias Lu Multimode ka l Fixed IP O Yes No Dynamic IP Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address lao Eo zF EA FE es ARP Detect Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup ok cance Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Enable Disable Modem Settings for ADSL only Description Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These settings configured here are specified for ADSL only Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access gt gt Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP Protocol Drop down the list to choose the one PPPoE or PPPoA provided by ISP If you have already used Quick Start Wizard to set the protocol then it is not necessary for you to change any ST Vigor2850 Series User s Guide settings in this group Modulation Default setting is Multimode Choose the one that fits the requirement of your router
85. for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel_1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one of them 251 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide IPF precedence 1 IP precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence b IP precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop High Oropi Low Drop Medium Oropi High Crap Medium Oropi High Drop Low Drop Medium Drop i i i i Low Drop i i High Drop Detailed Settings for Phone Port Click the number link for Phone port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP
86. gt gt Phone Settings Phone Call Feature Default SIP Account L Hotline ee CO Play dial tone only when account registered Ol Session Timer a sec CO T 38 Fax Function Error Correction Mode REDUNDANCY Call Forwarding Disable w Time Out sec J ONO Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup Le aii pile Note Action and Idle Timeout settings willl be ignored Index 1 603 in Phone Book as Exception List OOL CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Hotline Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Session Timer Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 252 Dray Te k T 38 Fax Function DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Default SIP Account connecting call will be closed automatically Check the box to enable T 38 fax function Error Correction Mode choose a mode for error correction Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control when the phone will ring and when will not a
87. is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT_ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Codec Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel PeerID The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain Elapse The format is represented as hours minutes seconds Tx Pkts Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session Rx Pkts Total number of received voice packets during this connection session Rx Losts Total number of lost packets during this connection session Rx Jitter The jitter of received voice packets In Calls Accumulation for the times of in call Out Calls Accumulation for the times of out call Miss Calls Accumulation for the times of missing call Speaker Gain The volume of present call Log Display logs of VoIP calls 3 13 ISDN 3 13 1 Basic Concept 66599 1 Note This function is used for model ISDN means integrated services digital network that 1s an international communications standard for sending voice video and data over digital telephone lines or normal telephone wires Below shows the menu items for ISDN Dray Tek 157 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 13 2 General Settings This web page allows you to enable ISDN function ISON gt General Setup
88. item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode Callback Function The callback function provides a callback service only for the ISDN LAN to LAN connection this feature is useful for i model only The remote user will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Check to enable Callback function Enables the callback function Specify the callback number The option is for extra security Once enabled the router will ONLY call back to the specified Callback Number Check to enable Callback budget Control By default the callback function has limitation of callback period Once the callback budget is exhausted the function will be disabled automatically Callback Budget Specify the time budget for the dial in user The budget will be decreased automatically per callback connection The default value 0 means no limitation of callback period Dray Te k 211 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 10 8 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router supports up to 32 VPN tunnels simultaneously The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles S
89. list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Cancel Give up the access control set up OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 3 14 5 WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 Wireless Card Installed Connection viaWPS ss a i Station Set SSID and lt gt Encryption WPA WPA2 PIN Code Note Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code Dray Tek 273 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide On the side of Vigor 2850 series which served as an AP press WPS button once on the front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card WLAN Card Stet PBC Ifyou want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN
90. m m oF fi P Pp m D A IMPoAs Static or Dynamic IP Choose PPPoE or PPPoA as the protocol For ADSL Only Such field is provided for ADSL only You have to choose encapsulation and type the values for VPI and VCI Or click Auto detect to find out the best values ia aa PPPoE LLGSNAP PPPoE vil MILK PPPoA LLGSMAF PPPoA vil MU Fixed IP Click Yes to enable Fixed IP feature IP Address Type the IP address if Fixed IP is enabled Primary DNS Type in the primary IP address for the router Secondary DNS Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 2 After finished the above settings simply click Next Quick Start Wizard Set PPPoE PPPoA WAN 1 User Name b4005 7 55a hinet net Password Available settings are explained as follows Item Description User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 22 Dray Te k Item Description Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password 3 Please manually enter the Username Password provided by your ISP Then click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode ADSL DSL Fallback Mode AUTO YPI 0 YEI
91. of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode 3 12 4 Status From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port VoIP gt gt Status Status Refresh Seconds Rx Elapse Tx Rx Rx In Out Miss Speaker POM pratt CONST PAErMD hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts mand Calls Calls Calls Gain Phonel IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Fhone IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Log Date j Duration In Out Miss Account ID Peer ID ron dd yy yy 0 00 E Oo0 O0 00 00 0 00 O0 O0 OO O0 O0 O0 O0 O0 OO O0 O0 O0 MoooodoooO oo MMEERXMERN VOIP is encrypted HMMERNKE VOIP isn t encrypted Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Seconds Specify the interval of refresh time to obtain the latest VoIP calling information The information will update immediately when the Refresh button is clicked Petresh Seconds Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 256 Dray Tek Port It shows current connection status for Phone s and ISDN ports Status It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function is idle HANG _UP Indicates that the connection
92. on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action Block Group Object Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It 162 Dray Tek Dray Tek Web Feature should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list is the more efficiently the Vigor router performs gt Group Object Edit Windows Internet Explorer le http 192 168 1 1 docicfkwgob htn Object Group Edit Keyword Object None b or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None v or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None M or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None v or Keyword Group None B or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None vi or Keyword Group None v or Keyword Group None vi or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This sett
93. one that fits the requirement of your router Modulation Mlultimode w 71 413 5 Lite 5 MT ADSLATS SF 3 ADSL annex hy ADSLA 6 9972 5 ADSL annex NM Multimode This setting is only available for the router supporting ISDN function Modulation Multimode v ISDN Dial Backup Setup WAN Connection Detection Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile Dial Backup Mode Packet Triggering Always On None Disable the backup function Packet Triggering The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Always On If the broadband connection is no longer available the backup line will be activated automatically and always on until the broadband connection is restored We recommend you to enable this feature if you host a web server for your customers access Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as
94. only available when there is one or more profiles created in this page Dr ay Tek 223 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide General Setup Vigor2850 Series User s Guide E http 192 168_ 1 1 YPN Load Balance Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer T Oo VPN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name Balancel Load Balance Algorithm VPN Load Balance Policy Tunnel Bind Table Index Active Binding Dial Out Profile Src IP Start Dest IP Start Dest Port Start Protocol Detail Information VPN Load Balance Profile name Balancel Jj a Round Robin weighted Round Robin Auto Weighted According to Speed Ratio Member1 Member2 50 50 eEdit Olnsert after 1 128 Active 1v 0 0 0 0 O End 255 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 End B5535 TCP UDP End 255 255 255 255 Algorithm Round Robin Detailed information for this dialog see later section Advanced Load Balance and Backup Status After choosing one of the profile listed above please click Enable to activate this profile If you click Disable the selected or current used VPN TRUNK Backup Load Balance mechanism profile will not have any effect for VPN tunnel Profile Name Type a name for VPN TRUNK profile Each profile can group two VPN connections set in LAN to LAN The saved VPN profiles in LAN to LAN will be shown on Member and Member fields Member 1 Member2 Display the
95. onto your host Dray Te k 353 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 5 Double click on the icon of router tool The setup wizard will appear ie Setup DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup JE BTsv430 i DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup DrayTek corp AA as 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the installation 7 From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility Firmware Uperade Utility 7 5 1 Time Gukt Sec Router IP Bo Pork Firmware File Password 8 Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 9 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the old custom settings and xxxx rst reset all the custom settings to default settings Choose any one of them that you need Firmware Upezade tility 3 5 1 Sas Time Guk Sec Router IP 192 1681 J Pork Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie m Password Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 354 Dr ay Tek 10 Click Send Firmware
96. out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by WANI Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag Tag value Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range 1s form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Use the drop down list to choose one of the profiles which will be used to notify the administrator when the network connection is off Check the box to enable this function When the network connection is off the system will send a mail alert to notify the administrator 51 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Active Mode Backup Type WAN2 with Ethernet Choose Always On to make the WANI1 connection being activated always Always Or Alw Y 5 D n Backug If you choose Backup as the Active Mode Backup Type will appear Please specify which WAN will be the Backup interface Active Mode Want 1O wan 2O WAN 3 or La EE When any of selected WAN disconnect multiple WAN Owhen all of selected WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect WAN2 is fixed with physical mode of Ethernet WAN gt General Setup WAN 2 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speed kKbps DownLink Uplink VLAN Tag inse
97. password configured in this page Before adding or modifying settings in this page please insert a USB storage disk first Otherwise an error message will appear to warn you USB Application gt gt USB User Management USB User Management Setto Factory Default Index Username Home Folder Index Username Home Folder e PNP Pee HM iE a m s Is fo Is Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 286 Dray Tek Click index number to access into configuration page USB Application gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User OQeEnable Disable Password tain 11 Characters Confirm Password fs Home Folder fo j Access Rule File JPead write Delete Directory CJtist create Remove Note The folder name can only contain the following characters 4 2 a z 0 9 _ I and space Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Description FTP Samba User Enable Click this button to activate this profile account for FTP service or Samba User service Later the user can use the username specified in this page to login into FTP server Disable Click this button to disable such profile Username Type the username for FTP Samba users for accessing into FTP server USB storage disk Be aware that users cannot access into USB storage disk in anonymity Later you can open FTP client software and type the username specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Note
98. powered off USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting Internet connection is ready Internet connection is not ready The data is transmitting Wireless access point is ready It will blink slowly while wireless traffic goes through If ACT and WLAN LEDs blink quickly and simultaneously when WPS is working and it will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within 2 minutes The router is ready to access Internet through ADSL link Slowly The ADSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is training The router is ready to access Internet through VDSL link Slowly The VDSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is training The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while an attack is detected The VPN tunnel is active The QoS function is active The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps Dray Tek 2850n srity Firewall Wireless LAN EE ON OFF WPS fear PWR GigaLAN 1 AWAN VDSUADSL USB Interface Description Wireless LAN Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button once to wait for client device ON OFF WPS making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN
99. private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addres In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 86 Dr ay Te k Internet Public IP Address Cc 220 135 240 207 Private Subn Router IP a What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another spe
100. router please click Disconnect USB Disk first And then remove the USB storage disk later USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status No Disk Connected Disk Capacity 0 MB Free Capacity OMB Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek 289 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Item Description Connection Status If there is no USB storage disk connected to Vigor router No Disk Connected will be shown here Disk Capacity It displays the total capacity of the USB storage disk Free Capacity It displays the free space of the USB storage disk Click Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity Index It displays the number of the client which connecting to FTP server IP Address It displays the IP address of the user s host which connecting to the FTP server Username It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP server When you insert USB storage disk into the Vigor router the system will start to find out such device within several seconds 3 15 5 Syslog Explorer Such page provides real time syslog and displays the information on the screen For Web Syslog USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslo
101. s Guide 282 Dray Te k Wireless LAN gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPA Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass 802 1 of WPA PSE authentication TzZzOpUMO Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Aidid to Access Control Client s MAC address Add Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control 3 14 11 Web Portal Log in This page allows you to specify an URL for accessing into or display a message when a remote user connects to Internet through this router No matter what purpose of the wireless client is he she will be forced into the URL configured here while trying to access into the Internet or the desired web page through this router That is a company which wants to have an advertisement for its products to the users can specify the URL in this page to reach its goal Dr ay Tek 283 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt gt Web Portal Web Portal SSID 1 SSID SSID 3 SSID4 Specify an URL or short message that you want to show after user connected to
102. seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively 130 Dray Tek Dray Tek Enable ICMP flood defense Enable PortScan detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor r
103. selection for LAN to LAN dial out profiles configured in VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN for you to choose for grouping under certain VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile No Index number of LAN to LAN dial out profile Name Profile name of LAN to LAN dial out profile Connection Type Connection type of LAN to LAN dial out profile VPN ServerIP Private Network VPN Server IP of LAN to LAN dial out profiles Active Mode Display available mode for you to choose Choose Backup or Load Balance for your router Add Add and save new profile to the backup profile list The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in such new VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in red VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile will be locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in blue Edit Click this button to save the changes to the Status 224 Dray Tek Enable or Disable profile name member1 or member2 Delete Click this button to delete the selected VPN TRUNK profile The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in the deleted VPN TRUNK profile will be released and that profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in black Time for activating VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism will be activated automatically after the initial connection of si
104. setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance 3 16 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time Vigor2650i 3 6 2 RC1 Feb 24 2012 16 55 30 LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS LANI 00 1D A4 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 LANZ 00 1D AA 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 LANS 00 1D A4 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 LAN4 00 1D A4 00 00 00 192 168 4 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 IP Routed Subnet 00 1D AA 00 00 00 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WANT Disconnected 00 1D AA 00 00 01 PPPoE Se ie WAN Connected 00 1D 44 00 00 02 Static IP 172 16 3 103 1 72 16 1 1 WANS Disconnected 00 1D AA 00 00 03 os Sms Sa IPv6 Address Scope Internet Access Mode LAN FE80 21D AAFF FE00 0 64 Link So User Mode is OFF now Available settings are explained as follows Item Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Display th
105. shows a successful binding tunnel 228 Dray Tek policy for load balance VPN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy Create After insert OK Close Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 400 Active In active Delete Binding Dial Out Index Ma Binding Src IP Start booo End 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest IP Start fooo End 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest Port Start i 8553 Binding Fragmented NO Binding Protocol ANY x fo Detail Information VPN Load Balance Profile Algorithm Fastest Jo 1 gt Tunnel Bind Tab Dial Out Index protocol Sre IP Dst IP Dst Port name VpnLBi j le Idnex 1 TCP Protocol 6 192 168 10 24 192 168 10 24 192 168 1 20 192 168 1 20 20 21 Fragmented NO Note To configure a successful binding tunnel you have to Type Binding Src IP range Start and End and Binding Des IP range Start and End Choose TCP UDP IGMP ICMP or Other as Binding Protocol Detailed Settings for Advanced Backup E htip 192 168 1_1 FH Backup Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer VPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Name Backupl ERD Mode Detail Information Resume Member 1 first aM Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode IES K i aw Available settings are explained as follows Item Profile Name ERD Mode Detail Information Dray Tek Description List the backup profile name ERD means En
106. skip this step Step 2 Connect to YPN Server Insert Remove Status Mo connection PPTP ISP amp VPN amp 3 InStep 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 346 Dray Te k Dray Tek Dial To TEN P YPN Server IP HOST Nametsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 166 1 1 Password Type of VPN LTR COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption C Use default gateway on remote network You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router IPSec Policy Sethng My IF i72 16 3 100 ka Type of IPSec Standard IPSec Tunnel Virture IP DrayTek Virture Interface ka Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec Specify an IP address meea a Subnet Mask Security Method Medium AH Authority Method Certification Authority If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN server then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be
107. that Class In this case Test is used as the name of Class Index 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name NWO Status Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint a ce 1 Empty g For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit C Act Ethernet Type Py4 O IPw DiffServ CodePoint AMY ka Service Type Predefined vw Note Please choose setup the Service Type first Available settings are explained as follows Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 176 Dray Te k Item ACT Ethernet Type Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Description Check this box to invoke these settings Please specify which protocol IPv4 or IPv6 will be used for this rule Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule 3 http 192 168_1_1 doc QosIpEdt htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type Subnet Address 7 Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask
108. the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access VPN and Remote Access 3 10 1 VPN Client Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN client Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial out connection from server to client step by step 1 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard The following page will appear VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment LAN to Lah VPN Clhent Mode Selection Route Wlode Please choose a LAN to LanN Profile Index Status Name Note For a typical LAN to LAN tunnel please select Route Mode If the remote network is expecting only a single client or ip and is not configured to route the subnet and then select NAT mode If in doubt then select Route Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Description LAN to LAN Client Choose the client mode Mode Selection Route Mode NAT Mode If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose this mode otherwise please choose Route Mode Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 192 Dray Te k Route Mode J Route Mode MAT Mlode Please choose a There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set LAN to LAN Profile Index Status Name a 1 rr E 2 TTY 4 x rr 5 faa TTY TTY g E rr J E TTY 10 ee 1i TTY 12 E rr 13 z 777 E 14 TTY
109. the Internet at any time Now it is the time to register your Vigor router to MyVigor website for getting more service Please follow the steps below to finish the router registration 1 Please login the web configuration interface of Vigor router by typing admin admin as User Name Password _ li Username Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dr ay Te k 2 Click Support Area gt gt Production Registration from the home page System Maintenance Diagnostics Product Registration All Rights Reserved 3 A Login page will be shown on the screen Please type the account and password that you created previously And click Login Please take a moment to register Membership Registration entitles you to upgrade firmware for your purchased product and receive news about upcoming products and services Usertlame james fae Auth Code t xxhdd If you cannot read the word click here Forgotten password Dont have a MyVYigor Account 7 Create an account now lf you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Senice 88613 507 2727 or Dray Tek 43 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 4 The following page will be displayed after you logging in MyVigor From this page please click Add or Product Registration Dray Tek 2 My Information D poaa Welcome james_fae Product Last Login Time 2011 03 16 01 45 09 My Information Last Login From
110. the WAN IP address that will be used for this entry This setting is available when WAN IP Alias is configured Local Computer Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP OF none for selection Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host End Port Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host 3 3 4 Address Mapping This page is used to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias If you have a group of IP Addresses and want to apply to the router please use WAN IP alias function to record these IPs first Then use address mapping function to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias For example you have IP addresses ranging from 86 123 123 1 86 123 123 8 However your router uses 86 123 123 1 and the rest of the IPs are recorded in WAN IP alias You want that private IP 192 168 1 10 can use 86 123 123 2 as source IP when it sends packet out to Internet You can use address mapping function to achieve this demand Simply type 192 168 1 10 as the Private IP and type 86 123 123 2 as the WAN IP Dray Te k 111 Vigor2850 Series User s G
111. the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Use the drop down list to choose one of the profiles which will be used to notify the administrator when the network connection 1s off Check the box to enable this function When the network connection is off the system will send a mail alert to notify the administrator Choose Always On to make the WAN2 connection being activated always Always On ii Alw a Y Z B i Backup If you choose Backup as the Active Mode Backup Type will appear Please specify which WAN will be treated as the Backup WAN Active Mode Backup v Wan 1O Wan 2O WAN 3 a a a T When any of selected WAN disconnect multiple WAN Owhen all of selected WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem please configure WANS interface Dray Tek 53 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide WAN gt General Setup WAN 3 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speed Kbps DownLink UpLink bo eo Send SMS if line drops out Disable vl Send Mail Alert if line drops out LJ Active Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical type Line Speed Act
112. to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Dr ay Tek 243 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Last Call Return Out Call Forward All Act Call Forward Deact Call Forward Busy Act Call Forward No Ans Act Do Not Disturb Act Do Not Distrub Deact Hide caller ID Act Hide caller ID Deact Call Waiting Act Call Waiting Deact Block Anonymous Act Block Anonymous Deact Block Unknown Domain Act Block Unknown Domain Deact Block IP Calls Act Block IP Calls Deact Block Last Calls Act Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Dial the number typed in this field to call the previous outgoing phone call again Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while the phone is busy Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone Dial the number typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Dial the number typed in this field to make your phone number ID not displayed on the display panel of remote end Dial the number typed in this field to rel
113. type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for administration operation Now the Main Screen will appear Note that different model will have different web pages Vigor2 850 Series Dray Tek VDSL2 Security Firewall Home Page CE VE RG VDSL System Status Model Name Vigor2850i WAN Firmware Version gt 3 6 2_RC1 LAN Build Date Time Feb 24 2012 16 55 30 NAT Firewall LAN User Management MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS Objects Setting LAN1 00 1D AA 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes CSM LAN2 00 1D AA 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes Bandwidth Management LAN3 00 1D AA 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes Applications LAN4 00 1D AA 00 00 00 192 168 4 1 255 255 255 0 Yes VPN and Remote Access IP Routed Subnet 00 1D AA 00 00 00 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 0 Yes Certificate Management ISDN USB Application System Maintenance Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Diagnostics WAN1 Disconnected 00 1D AA 00 00 01 PPPoE Extemal Devices WAN2 Connected 00 1D A44 00 00 02 Static IP 172 16 3 103 172 16 1 1 WAN3 Disconnected 00 1D AA 00 00 03 IPv6 Product Registration Address Scope Internet Access Mode LAN FE80 21D AAFF FE00 0 64 Link All Rights Reserved User Mode is OFF now 3 1 WAN Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to q
114. version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server MyVigor located on http myvigor draytek com However if you use the Web Content Filter Profile page to activate WCF feature it is necessary for you to access into the server MyVigor located on http myvigor draytek com Therefore you need to register an account on http myvigor draytek com for using corresponding service Please refer to section of creating MyVigor account Note If you have used Service Activation Wizard to activate WCF service you can skip this section WCF adopts the mechanism developed and offered by certain service provider e g DrayTek No matter activating WCF feature or getting a new license for web content filter you have to click Activate to satisfy your request Be aware that service provider matching with Vigor router currently offers a period of time for trial version for users to experiment If you want to purchase a formal edition simply contact with the channel partner or your dealer Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page The default setting for Setup Query Server Setup Test Server is auto selected You can choose another server for your necessity by clicking Find more to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable one CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Web Content Filter Profile
115. websites 181 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Mail Extender If the mail server is defined with another name please type the name in this area Such mail server will be used as backup mail exchange Force WAN IP The system will renew the DDNS IP automatically within Update certain time 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 3 9 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set u
116. when the capacity of syslog is full the system will stop recording Always record the new event only the newest events will be recorded by the system Display the time of the event occurred Display the information for each event 320 Dray Tek For USB Syslog This page displays the syslog recorded on the USB storage disk USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog Folder n a File n a Page n a Log Type n a Time Log Type Message Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Time Display the time of the event occurred Log Type Display the type of the record Message Display the information for each event 3 17 12 TSPC Status IPv6 TSPC status web page could help you to diagnose the connection status of TSPC If TSPC has configured properly the router will display the following page when the user connects to tunnel broker successfully Diagnostics gt gt TSPC Status WAN WANZ2 WANS Refresh TSPC Enabled TSPC Connection Status Local Endpoint v4 Address 1 169 155 1386 Local Endpoint v6 Address 2001 05c0 1400 000b 0000 0000 0000 b527 Router DNS name vigor2850 broker freenet6 net Remote Endpoint v4 Address 81 171 72 11 Remote Endpoint v6 Address 2001 05c0 1400 000b 0000 0000 0000 b526 Tspe Prefix 2001 05c0 1513 53900 0000 0000 0000 0000 Tspe Prefixlen 56 Tunnel Broker amsterdam freenet6 net Tunnel Status Connected Available settings are ex
117. your router About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Downloads Downloads Firmware Downloads Model Name Firmware Version Release Date Firmware Vigor120 series E EP Ae di 26 06 2009 Driver Vigor2100 series 2 6 2 26 02 2008 Utility Vigor2104 series phe jE 13 02 2008 Uy inteoduction Vigor2110 series 3 3 0 25 06 2009 ot Datasheet Vigor2200 X W E 2 3 11 22 09 2004 ee eT R amp TTE Certification Vigor2200Eplus 250 18 02 2009 Vigor2200USB 2 3 10 16 03 2005 3 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Utility menu and click it About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Utility Utility Downloads Tools Name Release Date Version os Support Model a Router Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows All Modules J gt Driver Syslog Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows XP All Modules MS Vista Utility VigorPro Alert Notice 2009 06 03 1 1 0 MS Windows XP VigorPro 100 series Utility Introduction Tools Multi MS Vista VigorPro 5500 series language VigorPro 5510 series Datasheet intact R amp TTE Certification Smart VPN Client 2009 05 25 3 6 3 MS Windows XP All Modules Multi MS Vista language Smart Monitor 2009 03 25 2 0 MS Windows XP Vigor2950 series 4 Click on the link of Router Tools to download the file After downloading the files please decompressed the file
118. your wireless Disable Redirect to URL http Awww draytek cam User s first HTTP request will be redirected to the URL above Ex htt www draytek com online Atm or httos www YourBank com Show the message The message above will be shown in wireless user s browser for 5 seconds and then redirect to the original web site specified 126 characters at mast Ex Welcome to Vigorous Wirelass or lt B gt Welcomes e lt B gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Disable Click this button to close this function Redirect to URL Any user who wants to access into Internet through this router will be redirected to the URL specified here first It is a useful method for the purpose of advertisement For example force the wireless user s in hotel to access into the web page that the hotel wants the user s to visit Show the message Type words or sentences here The message will be displayed on the screen for several seconds when the wireless users access into the web page through the router 3 15 USB Application USB storage disk connected on Vigor router can be regarded as a server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN can access write and read data stored in USB storage disk with different applications After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt USB User Managem
119. 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 71 4 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 347390 214004 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server 90 Dray Tek Details Page for LAN1 IPv6 Setup There are two configuration pages for LAN1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup based on IPv4 and IPv6 Setup Click the tab for each type and refer to the following explanations for detailed information Below shows the settings page for IPv6 LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN 1 1IPv6 Setup RADVD Configuration Enable Disable Advertisement Lifetime 1800 Seconds Range 600 9000 DHCPv Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server DONS Server IPv Address Static IPv6 Address configura
120. 2 Click Static IP as the Internet Access type Simply click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard Static IP Client Mode WAN 2 Enter the Static IP configuration provided by your ISP Subnet Mask Primary DNS Secondary DNS Po optional Available settings are explained as follows Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 30 Dray Tek Item Description WAN IP Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway Type the IP address of gateway Primary DNS Type in the primary IP address for the router Secondary DNS Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 Please type in the IP address information originally provided by your ISP Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WARK Interface WANS Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access Static IP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Dr ay Tek 31 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide DHCP 1 Choose WAN2 as WAN Interface and click the Next b
121. 2850 Open LAN gt gt General Setup Click the IPv6 button Note Only the subnet of LANI supports IPv6 feature LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN 11IPv6 Setup RADVD Configuration Enable Disable Advertisement Lifetime 1900 Seconds Range 600 9000 BECP Server Coniguraton Enable Server Disable Server Start IPv6 Address 2001 4DD0 FF00 5505 20 End IPv Address 2001 4DD0 FFO00 6905 50 DNS Server IPv6 Address Primary DNS Server 2001 470 20 2 Secondary DNS Serwer Static IPv6 Address configuratiion IPvw6 Address Prefix Length Gine IPv6 Address Table Index IPv6 Address Prefix Length Scope 1 2001 4DD0 FFO00 8805 250 7FFF FEEA TEEO 64 Global 2 FES0 250 7FFF FEEA TEEO 64 Link 2 Inthe field of RADVD Configuration the default setting is Enable The client s PC will ask RADVD service for the Prefix of IPv6 address automatically and generate an Interface ID by itself to compose a full and unique IPv6 address 3 In the field of HCPv6 Server Configuration when DHCPvV6 service is enabled you can assign available IPv6 address for the client manually Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 330 Dray Te k lll Confirming IPv6 Service Run Successfully 1 Make sure you have get the correct IPv6 IP address Get into MS DOS interface and type the command of ipconfig Refer to the following figure EN CAWINDO WSisystem32 cmd exe Jol x settings O
122. 2TP with IPSec Policy None REESE n IKE Authentication Method v pre Shared Ke Specify Remote YPN Gateway Pre Shared Key E ee IKE Pre Shared Key sid 220 135 240 208 C Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES M 3DES M AES Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 342 Dr ay Tek If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username draytek PTP IPSec Tunnel Pam E L2TP with IPSec Policy one VJ Compression on O off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Ke Specify Remote YPN Gateway Y Peer VPN Server IP IKE Pre Shared E Ey 220 135 240 206 Digital Signature 509 one IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES F 3DES F AES 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have ta do Remote Network IP 192 168 1 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Laesi tetin 192 165 11 l Change default route to this YPN tunnel i Only single WAN supports this Remote Gateway IP Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 oO
123. 3 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Note Only one WAN interface support IPv6 service at one time In this example WAN2 is chosen as the one supporting IPv6 service 2 Inthe following figure use the drop down list to choose a proper connection type WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 Static or Dynamic IP Internet Access Mode Connection Type PPTP L2TP IPv6 Offline Offline DHCP v6 Client static PvE Different connection types will bring out different configuration page Refer to the following time PPP Dual Stack application IPv4 and IPv6 services can be utilized at the same Choose PPP and type the information for PPPoE of IPv4 WAN gt gt Internet Access ae PPPoE ISP Access Setup Static or Dynamic IP Disable Username 73 68635 hinet_net Password Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup gt F F F WAN Connection Detection PPTP L2TP IPv6 PPPI MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address Mode ARP Detect v Specify a MAC Address Ping IP MAC Address i TTL Access into the setting page for IPv6 service it is not necessary for you to configure anything WAH gt Internet Access Static or Dynamic IP Internet Access Mode PPTP L2TP Connection Type PPP Note IPyv4 WAN setting should be
124. 33 Protocol Encapsulation PPPoE LLE Fixed IP Ho Primary DNS Secondary DNS 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Dr ay Tek 23 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide MPOA Static or Dynamic IP 1 Choose WANI as WAN Interface and click the Next button you will get the following page Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Protocal For ADSL Only Encapsulation Fixed IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Second ONS MPoA Static or Dynamic IP 1463 Bridged IP LLC w oo Anea Ov es NolDOynamic IF Available settings are explained as follows Item Protocol For ADSL Only Fixed IP IP Address Subnet Mask Primary DNS Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description There are two modes offered for you to choose for WAN 1 interface MPoA Static or Dynamic IP PPPoE PPPoA WIPOA Static or Dynamic IP Choose MPoA Static or Dynamic IP as the protocol Such field is provided for ADSL only You have to choose encapsulation and type the values for VPI and VCI Or click Auto detect to find out the best values 1483 Bridged IP LLC vw 1483 Bridged IP LLC 1483 Routed IP LLC 1453 Bridged IP VC Mux 1453 Routed IP VC Mux IPoA 1403 Bridged IP IPoE 2 YES t
125. 6 prefix can be acquired via the PPPoE mode connection which is available for the areas such as Taiwan hinet the Netherlands Australia and UK Details Page for IPv6 TSPC in WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 Tunnel setup protocol client TSPC is an application which could help you to connect to IPv6 network easily Please make sure your IPv4 WAN connection is OK and apply one free account from hexago http gogonet gog06 com page freenet6 account before you try to use TSPC for network connection TSPC would connect to tunnel broker and requests a tunnel according to the specifications inside the configuration file It gets a public IPv6 IP address and an IPv6 prefix from the tunnel broker and then monitors the state of the tunnel in background After getting the IPv6 prefix and starting router advertisement daemon RADVD the PC behind this router can directly connect to IPv6 the Internet Dray Tek 73 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP IPvb Internet Access Mode Connection Type TSPC w TSPC Configuration Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Username Type the name obtained from the broker It is suggested for you to apply another username and password for http gogonet gogo6 com page freenet6 account Password Type the password assigned with the user name Confirm Password Type the password again to make the confirmation Tunnel Broker
126. 8 0 29 n Status Buick 192 168 0 30 Cadillac 192 168 0 31 Chrysler 192 168 0 32 _ ee Remote f Citroen 192 168 0 33 Rx Rx Daihatsu 192 168 0 34 Pkts Rate Ferrari 192 168 0 35 Data is er Fiat 192 168 0 36 Data isn t Backup Mode This filed displays the profile name saved in VPN TRUNK Management with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by Backup Mode supports VPN backup function General Mode Alfa 192 168 0 26 Dial Backup Mode VpnBackup j 192 168 2 103 VpnBackup 192 168 2 103 Load Balance Mode VonBackup 192 168 2 203 Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 230 Dray Tek Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection Status 3 11 Certificate Management A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it
127. 89cUF Sd lO ACGGiM tcBOckdceZdPFFvIXcP3 x GOA TCTYVO QzpxroCwlJTILS450 Bn9v509516 4 lt gt Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator v Administrator Additional Attribu Authenticated Session Basic EFS _JEFS Recovery Agent Attributes JUser Router Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 358 Dr ay Te k 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below window showing BEGINE CERTIFICATE Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local f C TWyO Draytek emailaddress Mot Valid Yet GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MITBQICCARNC ADAWOTELMARGALIUEBRNCYFcREDAORGNVYERBAOTBORYYZ1LOZWsx ID de BokqhELGSWOBCOEWESRyZzxNZOGRyYYAZloeWsure StH IGLMA0GCS gc InsDOEBAOUSa LAGNADCBIQERGoDPioahuy gFOavRiceSoERSD ilknIdhbloiktycTALUDaFk s6d SubeQytoViLEJ 22 ILF xj ipTewl TtuyTag4lgz 60k cGhuVTEd946PlernkP7 duget 3c UBAND4swsocevmSs yD IShLAIdIeEVYPUpNRVIroTa Re J RER
128. Admin could not be typed here as username for the word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router only Also it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage Note FTP Passive mode is not supported by Vigor Router Please disable the mode on the FTP client Password Type the password for FTP Samba users for accessing FTP server Later you can open FTP client software and type the password specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Confirm Password Type the password again to make confirmation Home Folder It determines the folder for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB storage disk In addition if the user types here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB storage disk Note When write protect status for the USB storage disk is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case 287 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide You can click to open the following dialog to add any new folder which can be specified as the Home Folder G tty 199 160 1 SioeMtpesertolder btm Microroft Internet Explorer USB User Management Choose Polar Folder Name Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a r 0 9 i e _ space Only characters are allowed Access Rule It determines the authority for suc
129. Authentication Method Pre Shared Key TO Digital Signature X 509 ne IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Advanced Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Dray Tek Dray Tek Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type C PPTP IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer VPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 orPeerID o Username Password VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Cl Digital Signature X 509 ine IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES F 3DES V AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP C IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote YPN Gateway Peer VPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 orPeerID o 339 Username on off Password VI Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key Digital Signaturec 509 Mone IPSec Security Method Med
130. Bytes Gateway IP Dray Tek Detailed explanation for IPv4 is shown below Item Description LAN Status Primary DNS Displays the primary DNS server address for WAN interface Secondary DNS Displays the secondary DNS server address for WAN interface IP Address Displays the IP address of the LAN interface TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface RX Packets Displays the total received packets at the LAN interface WANI WAN2 WAN3 Enable Yes in red means such interface is available but Status not enabled Yes in green means such interface is enabled Line Displays the physical connection VDSL ADSL Ethernet or USB of this interface Name Display the name of the router Mode Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface IP Displays the IP address of the WAN interface GW IP Displays the IP address of the default gateway TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface TX Rate Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface RX Rate Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Detailed explanation for IPv6 is shown below Item Description LAN Status IP Address Displays the IPv6 address of the LAN interface TX Packets Displays the total transmitted pack
131. Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effective Type the WAN IP address or VPN client IP address for the remote client Type the ID name for the remote client Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection 201 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action VPN and Remote Access gt VPN Server Wizard Please Confirm Your Settings YPN Environment Index Profile Name Username Allowed Service Peer IP YVPH Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Site to Site YPN LAN to LANn i 3 YPH Seri serveril PPTP IPSec 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the YPN Connection Management Do another VPN Server Wizard setup View
132. E L2TP over IPSec MUST and so on Member Display the dial out profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below Advanced This button is available only when LAN to LAN profile or more is created E http 192_ 168 1 1 YPN Backup Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer VPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Name Backupl ERD Mode Normal O Resume Member 1 first Detail Information Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode v lt gt Detailed information for this dialog see later section Advanced Load Balance and Backup Load Balance Profile List Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile No The order of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile Status v means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Name Display the name of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile Memberl1 Display the dial out profile selected from the Member drop down list below Active Yes means normal condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Type Display the connection type for that profile such as IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec NICE L2TP over IPSec MUST and so on Member2 Display the dial out profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below Advanced This button is
133. EREBEBRBRBEBEREER b e ee RE Be PPP Pree e A A ba Prd 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt Dray Te k 151 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters Each word should be separated by a single space You can replace a character with HEX Example Contents backdoo 7 virus keep 200ut Result 1 backdoor 2 virus 3 keep out Cancel Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 152 Dray Te k 3 6 8 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Set to Factory Default Index Name Index Name SB BS e e e e pEr erem epe pe e mir Available
134. Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using WANZ IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 1 7 172 16 3 102 7 172 16 3 200 2 K 3 4 pm Beeb mN S Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use
135. For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VolP interface VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Enable Match Prefix Mode OP Number Min Len Route Len hax hove Move Up Down z Vigor2850 Series User s Guide sol dik de UP Down of idk e _ UP Down Oo UP Down 238 Dray Tek 18 B LC Co If Note Down Down 1 The length for Min Len and Max Len fields should be between O 25 2 Wildcard 7 is supported Cancel Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Match Prefix Mode OP Number Min Len Max Len Route Dray Tek Description Check this box to invoke this setting It is used to match with the number you dialed and can be modified with the OP Number by the mode add strip or replace None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with SS6 Replace Wh
136. GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps nian 0 0 0 0 WAN 7 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Application TES ADSL Sme 00 00 0a Management IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps ae ae 0 E 0 0 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 40 Dray Tek 2 6 VDSL This menu allows you to check VDSL status and configure VDSL settings for you request VDSL Status 2 6 1 VDSL Status This page displays the VDSL information for such router such as current connection status the firmware version of such router the profile used by such VDSL2 line the rates for upstream and downstream and so on VDSL gt VDSL Status Auto refresh C VDSL Link Status Idle Firmware Yersion 1411f0 Basic Status Upstream Downstream Unit OSL Profile None Actual Data Rate 0 0 Kb s SMER NLA MA O 1d0B Advance Status Upstream Downstream Unit Actual delay o 0 ms Actual INP 0 0 0 1 symbols Actual INP o o 0 1 symbols 15M cy 0 0 counter Day CY 0 0 counter 15M FEC 0 0 counter Day FEC 0 0 counter Total FEC o 0 counter 2 6 2 VDSL Setup This page allows you to set VDSL2 profile and G hs Carrier Set VDSL gt VDSL Setup VDSL Setup Handshake Settings YVDSLZ Profile 8a 8b 8c 8d ii2a 12b G hs Carrier Set Auto OAB OBB OVvd 3 Bit Swap on off Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Mira 30a VDSL2 Profile Check the profiles that the router wi
137. ID Dr ay Te k 75 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Details Page for IPv6 Static IPv6 in WAN1 WAN2 This type allows you to setup static IPv6 address for WAN interface WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP IPvo Internet Access Mode Connection Type static Pv6 k Static IPv Address configuratiion IPve Address Prefix Length PL tt Current IPv6 Address Table Index IPw6 Address Prefix Length Static IPv Gateway configuratiion IPv6i Gateway Address BO Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Static IPv6 Address IPv6 Address Type the IPv6 Static IP Address configuration Prefix Length Type the fixed value for prefix length Add Click it to add a new entry Delete Click it to remove an existed entry Current Pv6 Address Display current interface IPv6 address Table Static IPv6 Gateway IPv6 Gateway Address Type your IPv6 gateway address Configuration here Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 76 Dray Te k 3 1 4 Multi PVCs This router allows you to create multi PVCs for different data transferring for using Simply go to Internet Access and select Multi PVCs page General The system allows you to set up to eight channels which are ready for choosing as the first PVC line that will be used as multi PVCs WAN gt Multi PVCs Multi PVCs General Channel 1 2 F 4 5 WAN 56 WAN 7 WAN 5 Enable lt JUUUUOO SSE
138. IPv Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status 1 oo A w 11 eo x 2 iO FS l no H gA rade Fs 13 0 ts 4 3 0 w 14 ra a 2o A w 15 ao 6 1 0 w 16 ae dil 2o H Ti 0 H amp 3 0 w 18 ral x Sle iO FS 19 del H 10 1 0 w 20 0 H lt lt 1 20 21 40 gt gt Next gt gt Status w Active x Inactive Empty Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Index The number 1 to 40 under Index allows you to open next page to set up static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default settings Viewing IPv6 Routing Displays the routing table for your reference Table Click any underline of index number to get the following page LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 C Enable Network Interface LAM 4 Dr ay Tek 97 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Click it to enable this profile Destination IPv6 Address Type the IP address with the prefix length for this entry Prefix Len Gateway IPv6 Address Type the gateway address for this entry Network Interface Use the drop down list to specify an interface for this static route Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an exam
139. MAnHEVpYpwiDagab oCkudJwYJEoe LhvcNAgkOnNRowsDAWwBQnVHREEDs ANgqqtkemF Sd6Vr Lnlvh TAN bgQkg hkiGSwOBAguF ALOBGQAUSBRUGtAVLAHoON6 HuToemitHObewjivg tTKFlzTJiHh URLGQ4CiEi 6nvV4huRytex2pEf starSqgRREres 6RooeIJxol45560xce N1LGhoVoorl TSF qkiJNihip4sTcjecshN 2 jw Q0SVU RcesTGt Scke yeqquy fo kIgFa BTGviw 6 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Name Local Issuer MUSIC A vigor Subject ferailAddress press draytek comc Twid Draytek a reenter we ONS draytek com valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Dray Te k 359 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 4 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CAServerA CA Server B User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI ED User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list E Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO iE WRO AREA IA KAH Q0 O AO On ka Qr O 2 amp 2 LEEB Fat D http 172 16 2 179 certsry vez sa msn OHS PBB ANEA HRB GI Hotmail X Mesenger A HAI MSN lt Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate f
140. Mask 255 255 0 0 MTU 1442 Max 1460 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description PPTP L2TP Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2ZTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 68 Dray Tek ISP Access Setup ISDN Dial Backup Setup MTU PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Dray Tek Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP or L2TP Server Address Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode Specify Gateway IP Address Specify the gateway IP address for DHCP server Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page This setting is only available for the router supporting ISDN function ISDN Dial Backup Setup WAN Connection Detection Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile Dial Ba
141. N ISDN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 234 Dray Te k Calling via SIP Servers First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below Alice Bob sip alicem draytel com sip bobmdraytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if 1t s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if you are with the same SIP Registrar Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connec
142. N for viewing detailed configuration Dr ay Te k 197 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 10 2 VPN Server Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN server Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial in connection from client to server step by step 1 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard The following page will appear VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment YPN Server Mode Selection site ta Site YPM LAN to L4N ka Please choose a LAN to LAN Profile Index Status Name w Please choose a Dial in User Accounts Allowed Dial in Type PPTP IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy Available settings are explained as follows Item Description VPN Server Mode Choose the direction for the VPN server Selection Site to Site VPN To set a LAN to LAN profile automatically please choose Site to Site VPN Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection LAN to LAN Site to Site VPN LAN to LAN Remote Dial in User Teleworker Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 198 Dray Te k Please choose a This item is available when you choose Site to Site VPN LAN to LAN Profile LAN to LAN as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set Index Statue Name a 1 H Pry E 2 faa 4 x ve 5 TT
143. Nl FRaEBR EB rer rPePreee iy iy ie Pose 33 4 gt gt Next gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IPvb Object Profile Index 1 Address Type Mac Address oo Joo loo foo oo oo Prefix Len fo Invert Selection C Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Dr ay Tek 145 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Address Type Determine the address type for the IPv6 address Select Single Address if this object contains one IPv6 address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPv6s within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IPv6 address Select Any Address if this object contains any IPv6 address Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address Range Address Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Mac Address MAC Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be controlled Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected Invert Selection If it is checked all the IPv6 addresses exce
144. Objects Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want Specify the action for fragmented packets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header 125 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Filter Branch to other Filter Set Sessions Control MAC Bind IP Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be
145. P Server Configuration OQ Enable Disable Start IP Address fs For Routing Usage IP Pool Counts fo max 10 IP Address 192 168 0 1 C Use LAN Port Pi p2 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 ee tare Address RIP Protocol Control Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address MAC Address yo HW OF E Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Network Configuration Enable Disable Click Enable to enable such configuration click Disable to disable such configuration For Routing Usage Click this radio button to invoke this function IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 RIP Protocol Control Disable deactivate the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default Enable activate the RIP protocol Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 94 Dray Tek DHCP Server DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Configuration The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other tha
146. PA etc Vigor2850n with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 11n wireless function of Vigor2850n and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN features of Vigor2850n series J Internet lt VoIP Web Surfing VPN so M N hes 3G USB Modem Router After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the third WAN port However the original WAN1 and WAN2 still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem in WAN3 also can be used as backup device Therefore when WANI and WAN2 are not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting automatically The supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on DrayTek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for WAN Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 48 Dray Te k 3 1 2 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WAN1 WAN and WAN3 in details This router supports multiple WAN function It allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the multiple WANs to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port can connect to different ISPs Even if the
147. PCP Fixed IP No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address Wes Now the system will guide you to click Dial ISDN Wait for a moment after clicking the dial link Then a successful ISDN connecti Online Status System Status on will be shown as the following System Uptime 0 0 49 168 95 1 1 RX Packets Secondary DNS 168 95 192 1 360 LAN Status Primary DNS IP Address TX Packets 192 168 1 1 419 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Name Mo Ethernet IP GW IP TX Packets nee Ses 0 Mode Up Time Ses 00 00 00 TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate E g g WAN Status Enable Line Name Ko Ethernet IP GW IP TX Packets 0 Mode Up Time can 00 00 00 TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate E 0 g ISDN Status Channel Active Connection TX Pkts B1 192 168 225 200 19 B2 192 168 225 200 13 D LIP Vigor2850 Series User s Guide gt gt Dial ISDN gt gt Drop Bi gt Drop Be TX Rate RX Pkts RX Rate Up Time AOC 4 18 4 0 0 46 0 z 14 3 0 0 43 E 262 Dray Tek 3 13 4 Call Control Some applications require that the router only for the ISDN models be remotely activated or be able to dial up to the ISP via the ISDN interface Vigor routers provide this feature by allowing user to make a phone call to the router and then ask it to dial up to the ISP Accordingly a teleworker can access the remote network to retrieve resources Of course a fixed IP address is required for WAN connection and some internal network resou
148. Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change the number based on the region that the router is placed VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Enable Regional Setto Factory Default Last Call Return Miss i io ae bh Last Call Return In Last Call Return Gut Call Forward All Act 2 number Call Forward Deact Lu a CO F H Call Forward Busy Act number Call Forward No Ans Act numbert Do Not Disturb Act Do Not Disturb Deact Hide caller ID Act Hide caller ID Deact meee J5 H oo JE H pim pa Call Waiting Act iT D F Call Waiting Deact r F I5 Black Anonymous Act J EE Block Anonymous Deact Block Unknow Domain Block Unknow Domain Act Deact Block IP Calls Act in cI I5 H ig aE H i Cc F H ta F Black IP Calls Deact ea F H Black Last Calls Act Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Regional Check this box to enable this function Last Call Return Miss Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know where the last phone call comes from and call back to that one Last Call Return In You have finished an incoming phone call however you want
149. SDOEBAQUA A4GNADCBiQKBg DPioahu gF OAYB1iceSOERSD VknIdHblolktScTdaLUDaFk6s8d 3uwDeQytoViLBJz2IDFOx4jxX6ipTevl87 twwTsg41qZ60k rGhuVTKda3j6PlernkP dus4t23cUBaAMD4uscsVmS yD ISHLAJAxVYPUpNKVIroT2RZjKRMAaHEWpYpwIDAQAB oCkwJwYJ Koz ThycNaGkOMNRowGDAUBGNVHREEDzaNggtkemF 5adGVrLmNvbTanbokq hkiGSwOBAQUF AACBgGQAuSBRUGtC4ULHHON6 HwToemitHObew Xkvg t7 kFlzTJiHh uRLq4CiEi 6nV4hMRytcxZpEZ6sMarSqgRRErs6Ro0s8Ix0145560xCZ N1Gh9VOsI1 I9SFqkiIJNihip4TcjecSNNZ jmOo5SWU Bces8TG ScBCyejqu fo AIOFajBIGviw 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task O Retrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate Dray Te k 357 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request
150. SP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step PPPoE 1 Choose WAN2 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 2 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP DHEP Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 26 Dray Tek 2 Click PPPoE as the Internet Access Type Then click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard PPPoE Client Mode WAN 2 Enter the user name and password provided by your ISP User Name 400565 G hinet net Password ELLI Confirm Password TETI Available settings are explained as follows Item Description User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 Please manually enter the Username Password provided by your ISP Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANS Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPPoE Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save
151. Server IP Host Name for VPN a such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method 220 135 240 206 Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 one IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 341 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type 64k bps IPSec Tunnel Password Coc L2TP with IPSec Policy one PPP Authentication VJ Compression on Off Dial Number for ISDN or IKE Authentication Method Server IP Host Name for VPN l such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 KE Pre Shared Key lt Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username C PPTP IPSec Tunnel Password O L
152. Service Type Object Profiles Index Name 1 SIP P ETF 3 Dr ay Tek 149 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 6 6 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name iad fad fd IP PIP DID I I fe ja ja Mm ee I eee SO eS ee ee I ee ee ee Soe rFBR ESB PEP rPrPePrPeePee Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 150 Dray Te k Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Name Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects 1 SIP 2 RTP Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type All the available service objects that you have added on Objects Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects 3 6 7 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Set to Factory Default Index Name Index Name PFESBB
153. SkyDrive Cl GDoc Uploader LJ ADrive LimyctherDrive O Mozy Cl BoxNet Cl officeLive Dray Tek 159 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 7 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system
154. Static IP mode 67 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for PPTP L2TP in WAN2 To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please click the PPTP L2TP tab The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPvb O Enable PPTP Enable L2TP Disable PPP Setup Server Address Po PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP w Specify Gateway IP Address Idle Timeout o second s 172 16 1 1 IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias ISP Access Setup Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Username Fixed IP Address Password Po WAN IP Network Settings Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Obtain an IP address automatically ISDN Dial Backup Setup IP Address 172 16 3 103 Dial Backup Mode Subnet
155. Status Current Time 10 27 06 24 50 Refresh Seconds Page Refresh Index Active User IP Address Last Login Time Expired Time Idle Time Action 1 admin 192 168 1 10 10 27 03 57 23 Unlimited Unlimited Block Logout Total Number 1 Dray Tek 139 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Refresh Seconds Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Index Display the number of the data flow Active User Display the users which connect to Vigor router currently You can click the link under the username to open the user profile setting page for that user IP Address Display the IP address of the device Last Login Time Display the login time that such user connects to the router last time Expired Time Display the expired time of the network connection for the user Idle Time Display the idle timeout setting for such profile Action Block can prevent specified user accessing into Internet Unblock the user will be blocked Logout the user will be logged out forcefully Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 140 Dr ay Tek 3 6 Objects Settings For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them wi
156. Tek 2 2 Changing Password Please change the password for the original security of the router 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password 2 Please type admin admin as Username Password for accessing into the web configurator with admin mode 3 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Mote Password can contain only a z A z 0 9 2 gt 2 7 OF 164 4 Enter the login password the default is admin on the field of Old Password Type New Password Then click OK to continue 5 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router fi Username Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek Dray Tek 19 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 2 3 Quick Start Wizard If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters On the next page as shown below please select the WAN interface that you use If DSL interface is use
157. The items categorized under P2P CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Po Protocol Misc IM P2P Protocoh Aplications SSS Cl SoulSeek SoulSeek JeDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza FastTrack Kazaa BearShare iMesh 1 OpenFT KCeasy FilePipe Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy KCeasy OpenNap Lopster XNap WinLop CL BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet winny Winny Winks Share Other P2P Applications LJ sunlei L vagaa LJPP365 LJpoca LJ clubbos C Ares ezPeer Pando Cl Huntmine ClKkuwo The items categorized under Misc CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name fs IM P P Protocol Misc Select All Clear All Tunneling Socks4 5 LIPGPNet LIJHTTP Proxy Tor LI vA SoftEther CIMS TEREDO Owaujie Ultrasurf ClHamachi CIHTTF Tunnel Ping Tunnel CI Tiny PN Cl RealTunnel ClDynaFass C ultra PN Free 1 Skyfire Streaming O MMS OORTSP C TvAnts C PPStream CI PPTY Cl FeiDian LJuusee LINSPlayer LJpcast LIT Koo COl Sopcast LJ UDLivex LI T VUPlayer LImMySee LJ Joost Flashvideo Cl SilverLight C Slingbox Loven Remote Control Li vac Ll Radmin Spyanywhere Cl ShowMyPC LogMetn Cl Teamviewer Gogrok C RemotecontrolPro C CrossLoop C WindowsRDP Clpcanywhere Timbuktu C WindowsLivesSync C SharedView Web HD LIHTTE Upload LJHiNet SafeBox OMS
158. Type the address for the tunnel broker IP FQDN or an optional port number Details Page for IPv6 AICCU in WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP IPvb Internet Access Mode Connection Type AICCHU ha AICCU Configuration Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 74 Dray Tek Username Type the name obtained from the broker Please apply new account at http www sixxs net It is suggested for you to apply another username and password Password Type the password assigned with the user name Confirm Password Type the password again to make the confirmation Tunnel Broker Type the address for the tunnel broker IP FQDN or an optional port number Subnet Prefix Type the subnet prefix address getting from service provider Details Page for IPv6 DHCPv6 Client in WAN1 WAN2 DHCPv6 client mode would use DHCPV6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP IPvo Internet Access Mode Connection Type DHCP 6 Client v DHCPvb Client Configuration Identity Association Prefix Delegation Non temporary Address IAID Identity Association ID 4103699933 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Identify Association Choose Prefix Delegation or Non temporary Address as the identify association IAID Type a number as IA
159. UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc 107 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WANT WAN WANS Private IP Choose PC MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host loo foo foo foo J oo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on DMZ Host for WAN2 and WAN3 is slightly different with WAN Active True IP selection is available for WAN 1 only See the following figure NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN1 WAN WANS WAN 2 Enable Private IP Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 108 Dr ay Te k
160. User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI See Q User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it 1 Go to Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 356 Dray Tek 2 Youcan click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type Domain Name Domain Name draytek com Subject Name Country C TW State ST Location L Orginization 0 Draytek Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E press draytek com Key Type RSA Key Size 1024 Bit 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW O Draytek emailAddress Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MIIBQjCCARNC AGAWOTELNARKGALUEBHNCYFcxEDAOCBGNVBAOTBORYYX1LOZUsxIDie BokqhkiG9SwOBCQEVEXByZXNzOGRYyYYZLOZWsuY2 StNIGENADGCS AGS Ib
161. VDSL2 soa Firewall Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V2 0 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide ii Dr ay Te k Vigor2850 Series VDSL2 Security Firewall User s Guide Version 2 0 Firmware Version V3 6 2 RC1 Date 12 03 2012 Dray Te k iii Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2012 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a da
162. VJ Compression for this Dial In connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication earns 299 C Enable this account Idle Timeout second s Allowed Dial In Type IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key LI IPSec Tunnel C Digital Signature X 509 C L2TP with IPSec Policy CO Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number IPSec Security Method High ESP DES v 3DES v AES or Peer D O me Local ID foptional fe Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block op x Settings in the remote host 1 For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary software to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www DrayTek com download center Install as instructed 2 After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host M Smart FPN Client 3 2 2 WinXP BEIR Step 0 This step will add the ProhibitlpSec registry value to computer in order to configure a LATP IPSec connection using a pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more information please read the article O 40262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Configure l Step 1 Dial to ISP IF vou hawe already gotten a public IP you can
163. Y For the detailed configuration simply refer to Firewall gt gt Filter Rule The firewall filter rules that are not selected in Firewall gt gt General gt gt Default rule can be available for use in User Management gt gt User Profile The router will authenticate the dial in user by itself or by external service such as LDAP server or Radius server If LDAP or Radius is selected here it is not necessary to configure the password setting above Time of login log out block unblock for the user s can be sent to and displayed in Syslog Please choose any one of the log items to take down relational records for the user s If such function is enabled a pop up window will be displayed on the screen with time remaining for connection if Idle Timeout is set However the system will update the time periodically to keep the connection always on Thus Idle Timeout will not interrupt the network connection Any user from LAN side or WLAN side tries to connect to Internet via Vigor router must be authenticated by the router first There are three ways offered by the router for the user to choose for authentication Web If it is selected the use can type the URL of the router from any browser Then a login window will be popped up and ask the user to type the user name and password for authentication If succeed a Welcome Message configured in User Management gt gt General Setup will be displayed After authenticat
164. Y TTY TTY g x ve J E TTY 10 TTY 11 TTY 12 x vi 13 vee 14 rr i 115 x vi 16 TTY 17 eee 16 TTY 19 x Tr 2 fates 21 TTY Ze TTY a x vi 24 TTY 25 vee 26 TTY B 2Y x vi 20 E Cee 249 x vee k Please choose a This item is available when you choose Remote Dial in Dial in User User Teleworker as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN Accounts tunnels for users to set Allowed Dial in Type This item is available after you choose any one of dial in user account profiles Next you have to select suitable dial in type for the VPN server profile There are several types provided here similar to VPN Client Wizard PPTP IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy Mice to Have lust Different Dial in Type will lead to different configuration page In addition adjustable items for each dial in type will be changed according to the VPN Server Mode Site to Site VPN and Remote Dial in User selected 2 After making the choices for the server profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection you made Here we take the examples of choosing Remote Dial in User as the VPN Server Mode Dr ay Tek 199 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide When you check PPTP you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec Authentication Username ere When you
165. Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Scan to discover all the connected APs Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List BSSID Channel SSID Scan Note During the scanning process S seconds no station is alowed to connect with the router See Statistics Add to WDS Settings AP s MAC address ERTER E T Bridge O Repeater Dray Te k 281 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Scan It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be shown on the box above this button Statistics It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs Wireless LAN gt gt Site Survey Statistics Recommended channels for usage 1234567891011 1213 AP number v s Channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 Channel Cancel Add to If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page 3 14 10 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Vigor2850 Series User
166. able Restrict Web Feature Action C cookie Proxy Upload File Extension Profile Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Priority It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Dray Te k
167. ach channel 2 Only one channel can be untagged equal to O at a time 3 Channel 1 and channel 2 are reserved for NAT Route application 4 Channel 5 to channel 8 can be used for Router borne application Available settings are explained as follows Item Channel Enable Add Tag Priority Dray Tek Description Display the number of each channel Check this box to enable that channel The channels that you enabled here will be shown in the Multi VLAN channel drop down list on the web page of Internet Access Though you can enable eight channels in this page yet only one channel can be chosen on the web page of Internet Access To identify the usage of VLAN check this box to invoke this setting And type the number for VLAN ID number To add the packet priority number for such VLAN The range 1s from 0 to 7 81 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide WAN link for Channel 5 6 and 7 are provided for router borne application such as TR 069 The settings must be applied and obtained from your ISP For your special request please contact with your ISP and then click WAN link of Channel 5 6 or 7 to configure your router WAN gt Multi VLAN gt PVC Channel 5 WAN for Router borne Application PPPoE PPPoA Client O Enable Disable Static or Dynamic IP O Enable Disable ISP Access Setup WAN IP Network Settings ISP Name fe Obtain an IP address automatically E PPF Authentication Fequired for some ISPs
168. ackets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three IPs subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router 303 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Management Port Setup For IPv6 System Maintenance gt gt Management IPvd Management Setup Management Access Control User Defined Ports Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet HTTP and FTP servers Default Ports Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Enable SNMP Agent Check it to enable this function Get Community Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public Set Community Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds IPvo Management Setup Allow management from the Internet C Telnet Server Port 23 C HTTP
169. age this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It 1s similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common t
170. ake sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 348 Dray Te k Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable the QoS Control OUT w in WAN Inboun OUT ith Index Class Name 3 Set Inbound Outbound bandwidth Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup M Enable the Qo5 Control i WAN Inbound Bandwidth Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth Kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance 4 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service NO Status Local Address Remote Address MSN Service Type CodePoint 10 Inactive Any Any ANY undefined Dray Tek 349 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 5 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio E mail 25 og 25 25 n o O
171. al Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set paints gt PAP or CHAP Authentication Assigned IP range 192 166 1 200 a MPPE Optional MPPE Y Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Username id For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 336 Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF MJES Mapes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in O Always on Profile Name C Enable this profile Idle Timeout second s VPN Dial Out Through WANT First C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block Dray Tek a Vigo
172. alanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 156 Dray Tek 3 7 1 APP Enforcement Profile You can define policy profiles for IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Protocol Misc application This page allows you to set 32 profiles for different requirements The APP Enforcement Profile will be applied in Default Rule of Firewall gt gt General Setup for filtering CSM gt APP Enforcement Profile APP Enforcement Profile Table Profile SFoaEFBR ESB YErP rr Peeee Name Profile Available settings are explained as follows Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Item Set to Factory Default Profile Name Description Clear all profiles 17 BEB BBARABERBREB EE Setto Factory Default Name Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Display the name of the APP Enforcement Profile There are four tabs IM P2P Protocol and Misc displayed on this page Each tab will bring out different items that you can choose to disallow people using Dray Tek 157 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Below shows the items which are categorized under Protocol CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile profile Name OO Profile Index 1 IM P P Protocol Misc Mons CIFTP C HTTF CIMAP ORC CINNTF CI FPOF3 C
173. all rules designated in the user profile s policy will still valid Welcome Message Max 255 characters Preview Setto Factory Default lt body stats 1 gt lt seript langquage Javascript gt window location http www draytek com lt script gt lt body gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Mode There are two modes offered here for you to choose Each mode will bring different filtering effect to the users involved User Based If you choose such mode the router will apply the filter rules configured in User Management gt gt User Profile to the users Rule Based If you choose such mode the router will apply the filter rules configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup and Filter Rule to the users Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 134 Dray Te k 3 5 2 User Profile This page allows you to set customized profiles up to 200 which will be applied for users controlled under User Management Simply open User Management gt gt User Profile User Management gt gt User Profile User Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name admin System Reservation LAN_User_Group_1 WLAN User Group 4 WLAN User Group B JSef eEBPRBE Ere re ree Re b Jia Jtd Ba jha jha ba Ia jha b bo o b a ja j BPEEBEBRBREBEBRBEBEEE A A k Cad Pd fd Cad a pes om CA no a Oo Pa eo k Pl no wk oa a _k oa k Lo Pa fe id Pa y Y
174. am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in O Always on Idle Timeout S00 secondis L Enable PING to keep alive es PING to the IP Link Type b4k bps Password PPP Authentication i PARICHAP Server IP Host Name for VPN on off such as 5551234 draytek cam or 123 45 67 89 Po VI Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Mediumi 4H High ESF Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Common Settings Profile Name Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Enable this profile Check here to activate this profile VPN Dial Out Through Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only WANT First WANI First WANI WAN2 WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN1 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead 213 Dray Tek Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Dial Out Settings Vigor2850 Series User s Guide WANI WAN2 WANS3 Only While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 WAN3 as the only channel for VPN connection Netbios Naming Packet Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between
175. am mN m mN m mN AOOOOOU VLAN Tag VID LAH Wireless LAN Priority Pi P2 P3 P4 SSIDI SSID2 SSIDS SSID4 Subnet Oooo o o8F 8 og nooo o 0 aoa FAA AGU pAn A ao F Oooooad a0 a D000 0 0 0 O0 annn o aaa 0000 0 0 0 0 1 Tag based VLAN only applied for LAN Ports 2 The checked Wireless LAN SSID will not has VLAN tagging function but regarded as joining YLAN group 3 The set VLAN ID YID must be unigue and not duplicate A Note Settings in this page only applied to LAN port but not WAN port Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable VLAN Tag LAN Wireless LAN Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Click it to enable VLAN configuration Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the LAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by LAN Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag VID Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 P1 P4 Check the LAN port s to be grouped under the selected VLAN SSID1 SSID4 Check the SSID box es for the wireless clients to be grouped under the selected VLAN 100 Dray Tek Subnet Choose one of them to make the selected VLAN mapping to the specified subnet only For example LAN is specified
176. ame and password with the ISP Idle Timeout Idle timeout means the router will be disconnect after being idle for a preset amount of time The default is 180 seconds If you set the time to 0 the ISDN connection to the ISP will always remain on IP Address Assignment In most environments you should not change these settings Method IPCP as most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address Select Dialing to Dual ISPs if you have more than one ISP You will be able to dial to both ISPs at the same time This is mainly for those ISPs that do not support Multiple Link PPP ML PPP In such cases dialing to two ISPs can increase the bandwidth utilization of the ISDN channels to 128kbps data speed ISDN gt Dialing to Dual ISPs Dual ISP Common Settings PPP MP Setup 1 LJ Enable Dual ISPs Function Link Type Dialup BOD w 2 O Require ISP callback CBCP PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout 180 second s Primary ISP Setup Secondary ISP Setup ISP Name fs ISP Name Dial Number fs Dial Number Username fs Usemame Password fs Password Coreen ee IP Address Assignment Method IPCP IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address fs Fixed IP Address ul Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 260 Dray Tek
177. any master WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect 3 1 3 Internet Access For the router supports multi WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 for Internet Access Due to different Physical Mode for WAN interface the Access Mode for these connections also varies Refer to the following figures WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode WANI ADSL YDSL WARS Ethernet WANS JSE Note Only one WAN can support IPwW6 WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode WAMI ADSL 7 YDSL Wako Ethernet WANG JISE Note Only one WAN can support IPve WAH gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode re L ADSL OSL WATS Ethernet WANS ISEB Note Only one WAN can support IPw Access Mode PPPoE PPPoA one Details Page Pris Details Page PPPoE PRP as MPa static or Dynamic IP Pra Access Mode PPPoE PRPoA w Static or Dynamic IF w Mone PPPoE Details Page IFE Details Page Pts F JBE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP Access Mode PPPoE PPPoA w static or Dynamic IP w Details Page Pita Pui F JBE Details Page Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek 55 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Item Description Inde
178. ase type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection 196 Dray Tek 3 After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Please confirm your settings LAN to LAN Index 3 Profile Name VPN 1 YPN Connection Type L2TP over IPSec Must YPN Connection Through WANI First Always on No Server IP Host Name draytek caom IKE Authentication Method Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method AH SHAL Remote Network IP 192 168 1 6 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and proceed to the follawing action Go to the YPN Connection Management Do another VPN Client Wizard setup View more detailed configurations Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Go to the VPN Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Connection Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Management Connection status Do another VPN Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Server Wizard Setup through VPN Server Wizard View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote configuration Access gt gt LAN to LA
179. ata Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Limit Session Enable Disable Default Max Sessions 100 Limitation List Index Start IP End IF Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Page Refresh Index IP Address TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action 1 197 166 1 10_ CARRIE OCYCB251 T T 2 Block Current Peak Speed Current Peak Speed Current Peak WANT O 0 Auta O 0 Auto WAH 172 10 3 102 1 334 auto tf 786 y Auta ne WANS 0707 Auto 07 07 Auto Total 1 334 Auto 7 g TOB Auto 56 260 Note 1 Click Block to prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blocked 3 Kbps shared bandwidth residual bandwidth used Current Peak are average Dray Te k 315 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Refresh Index IP Address TX rate kbps RX rate kbps Sessions Action Current Peak Speed Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Check this box to enable this function Use th
180. atic route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Network Interface 3 Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 2 C Enable Destination IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Network Interface LAMI 4 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Eey connected 3 static R RIF default private oes 192 168 10 07 255 255 255 0 wia 192 168 1 2 LAN D 192 166 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected ao 211 100 88 07 255 255 22 55 0 wia 192 168 1 3 LAN Dr ay Tek 99 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage the in out rate of each port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable Enable VLANO VLAN1 VLAN VLAN VLAN VLANS VLAN6 VLAN d m
181. bination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value 1s 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value 1s 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 216 Dray Tek Dray Tek 47 characters Callback Function CBCP for s models only The callback function provides a callback service as a part of PPP suite only for the ISDN dial in user The router owner will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Require Remote to Callback Enable this to let the router to require the remote peer to callback for the connection afterwards Provide ISDN Number to Remote In the case that the remote peer requires the Vigor router to callback the local ISDN number will be provided to the remote peer Check here to allow the Vigor 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTR IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy C Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer VPM Server IP orPeerID
182. c DNS Setup Force Update A4uta Update interval 14400 Mints 1 14400 Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active L WANI First Fs 2 WAL First 3 WARK First W Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Dynamic Check this box to enable DDNS function DNS Setup Set to Factory Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Default View Log Display DDNS log status Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server Auto Update Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS interval service Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s WAN Interface Display the WAN interface used Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Active Display if this account is active or inactive 3 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 180 Dray Tek Dray Tek Applications gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic ONS Account WAR Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password O Wildca
183. c Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES SIDES AES Local ID optional Callback Function C Check to enable Callback function C Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget minute s Available settings are explained as follows Item User account and Authentication Description Enable this account Check the box to enable this function Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection 209 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Subnet IKE Authentication Method Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP conn
184. cation of this rule Dr ay Tek 113 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Triggering Protocol Display the protocol of the triggering packets Triggering Port Display the port of the triggering packets Incoming Protocol Display the protocol for the incoming data of such triggering profile Incoming Port Display the port for the incoming data of such triggering profile Status Display if the rule is active or de active Click the index number link to open the configuration page NAT gt gt Port Triggering No 1 L Enable Service Triggering Protocol Triggering Port ss Incoming Protocol Incoming Port fs Note The Triggering Port and Incoming Port should be input like this 123 456 777 789 legal 123 456 789 legal but 123 456 789 illegal Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check to enable this entry Service Choose the predefined service to apply for such trigger profile User Defined ser Defined Real Player BitTorrent Comment Type the text to memorize the application of this rule Triggering Protocol Select the protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP for such triggering profile Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 114 Dray Te k Triggering Port Type the port or port range for such trigger profile Incoming Protocol When the triggering packets received it 1s expected the incoming packets will use the selected protocol Select the protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the incoming
185. cccccccsssececcceesececccaaseceesseaseeeeeceaaeeeeesseaaeceessseageeeeesaaeesessssaseeees 133 3 51 General SEUD fries statue aratsimiial soaponm ada a aA a doe A aAa naaa 134 aae SSI FONG e E A E tev aannaiainintdeucianteeeit 135 2a USO OU er a E E N E A E E 138 3 5 4 User Online Stall sirsiran a aa Aaa aAA A ARRES 139 70 e erae nig e lt E A E E E E AE E 141 ao APODO eaa a ee eee eee 141 ELEA EELT ee ere E eer Ter E A E ee E E ere 143 Te IPE ODO e a E ee er ee eer re 145 JOa AU aroa a E E E E em uendoncesae ac 147 Chaoren oaee 10 e E E E E T E E A EE 148 3 6 6 S rvice yp GOUD iiss iui sanisxeeseungsabsantsande dasadutoiaseenetonddabaiwiareiasumetabyeasdtsbsative adisetersiads 150 3 6 7 TOY WOO ODI CCT ernaria neiaa nni iir a aai i aai Ea 151 368 Keyword GOUD ii tacssctesnd atsatunn aanrobetnesocasudeanv ianaredatonetoesatsualatisataeaaasrobeticssaiatmararr aps 153 3 6 9 File Extension OD OCU oii coces acetecancsodssasetennchactonssscedenbasonedsvesseeeed niseacetendeeatevesuissedateeoreseansst 154 A PO WN E on nite nates AE ts 156 3 7 1 APP Enforcement Profile seca atdeceactcecntetc dees cenec iacsteacesaceacesestacneeates seem nteteddestecucheeuaccaes 157 97 2 URL Content Filter Prole seian EEEE TE 160 3570 Web Content Filter Profile scierie A a EETA AKSE 164 3 8 Bandwidth Management ccccccseeeeecseeeeeceeeeeeeseceeeseeeeeesseeeeesseeeeeseeueeessaeeeeeneneeeesseeeenas 167 STAES SS Ena E E E E E EAE E A T EAE 167 2 Banw LIM epi
186. ccevesnescewesanaetceasssanneussnenssce dseeceendseawedandeudsenssioeesanencew esos 320 AAI FOPO O IUG ee ee eee ee nee eee eee 321 el Oe KC DOVES escrir EEE T a ETE E 322 Application and EXamples ccccccssccesseesseeeseeeseesseeeseeeseeeaseonseeeseeeaeeonees 323 4 1 How to configure settings for IPv6 Service in VigOr2850 ceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaes 323 4 2 How can get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router 333 4 3 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 336 4 4 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 344 45 QOS Seting EXAMP E sester E E pases aa Ea EEEa E E EEE UAS 348 4 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your ROUGE ssiisicicseiicsnnsroiien ninni i aaan 353 4 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server 0 sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 356 4 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server seseseeeeeeeees 360 4 9 Creating an Account for MYVIgOTF ccccccceeccceeecceseeseeeceeeeeseaeeseeeeeeseaeeseeeeeeeesseaaaseeeeeeeeaas 362 4 9 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router ccccsseeecececeseeceeccaeeeeeecseaeeeessseaeeeeesssaaeeeess 362 4 9 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Site cccccccecccesseseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeesaeaseeeeeeess 366 TEOUDIC SHOO ocsaigine E EAA aE e Aaaa aE 371 5 1 Checking If the Hardware Statu
187. ccording to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section Application gt gt Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choos
188. ce Diagnostics E External Devices ll Dray Tek sod System Status Model Name Vigor2850Vn Firmware Version 3 6 2_RC1 Build Date Time Feb 24 2012 16 47 59 i LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS LAN1 00 50 7F EA 7E C8 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 LAN2 00 50 7F EA 7E C8 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 LAN3 00 50 7F EA 7E C8 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 LAN4 00 50 7F EA 7E C8 192 168 4 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F EA 7E C8 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 a a Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID 00 50 7F EA 7E C8 Europe ee ee g DrayTek 7 g o g WAN i 7 Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WAN1 Disconnected 00 50 7F EA 7E C9 PPPoE 22 WAN2 Connected 00 50 7F EA 7E CA Static IP 172 16 3 103 172 16 1 1 WAN3 Disconnected 00 50 7F EA 7E CB___ as IPv6 Address Scope Internet Access Mode LAN FE80 250 7FFF FEEA 7EC8 64 _ Link 7 VoIP lt Note The home page will be different slightly in accordance with the type of the router you have 5 The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition The default setting is Auto Logout which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes without any operation Change the setting for your necessity Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 1 min 3 min 5 min 10 min 18 Dray
189. ce Prowider Destination Number fo Quota ooo Sending Interval booo seconds Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 190 Dray Tek Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Dray Tek Enable SMS Setup Profile Name Service Provider Username Password Destination Number Quota Sending Interval Send a test Message Click Enable to enable SMS function Click Disable to close SMS function Type a name for such SMS profile Use the drop down list to specify the service provider which offers SMS service Type a user name that the sender can use to register to selected SMS provider Type a password that the sender can use to register to selected SMS provider Type the telephone number that you want it to receive the SMS Type the total number of the messages that the router will send out Type the shortest time interval for the system to send SMS For example it is set with 60 seconds If WAN1 disconnects for three times within 60 seconds the system will send the SMS notification just for Send one SMS to the user just for test 19 once Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 10 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates
190. ce the router is on line Note that Dialing to a Single ISP should be pre configured properly Basic Setup Link Type Because ISDN has two B channels 64K bps per channel you can specify whether you would like to have single B channel two B channels or BOD Bandwidth on Demand Four options are available Link Disable Dialup 64Kbps Dialup 128Kbps Dialup BOD Dr ay Tek 263 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Link Type Dialup BOD Link Disable Dialup b4kK bps Dialup 128Kbps Dialup BOD PPP Authentication It specifies the PPP authentication method for PPP MP connections Normally you can set it to PAP CHAP for better compatibility TCP Header Compression VJ Compression It is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally it is set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization Idle Timeout Because our IDSN link type is Dial On Demand the connection will be initiated only when needed Bandwidth On Demand Bandwidth On Demand is for Multiple Link PPP ML PPP BOD Setup or MP The parameters are only applied when you set the Link Type to Dialup BOD The ISDN usually use one B channel to access the Internet or remote network when you choose the Dialup BOD link type The router will use the parameters here to decide on when you activate drop the additional B channel Note that cps characters per second measures the total link utilization High Water Mark and High Water Time These parameters specify the situat
191. ceauseeeeeesaaseeeeeseaaseeecssaaaeeeessssaneeessaaaass 206 3 10 7 Remote Dial in User cc cecccccsscecccseeeceseseeessasceceeuseecseaeeessagseeseaseeessseeesseneeesseaes 208 AOS LAN OTAN scetses scientists be decinc assis s sea pins a E E E E 212 3 10 9 VPN TRUNK Management ccccccsseeceeceeseeceeeeeeeseeseeeeeaeeessaaeeeeseeeessaaeeessaeseeesaess 220 3 10 10 Connection Management cccccccseeseeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeceeeeeseaeesseeeeesssaeeseeeeeeesessaaaeeeeees 230 3 11 Certificate Management assisi iieii E EE AEE EAE EE 231 el We WOCAIM GC MINCALS 5 E A A AEE A A E 231 3 11 2 Trusted CA Certificate i cecccccccccecceseeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeessseeaseseeeeessaeaaseeeeeeeessaaagaees 233 3113 MS TUNIC ALS BACKUP eisein e EE E A E E TES 234 S OV a A eae oes nrg caedesesatnteeoeceescasee ee eeoeaseaecene 234 ST OIR e E ee A ee eee en eee 236 3122 SIP ACCOUN gt ee eee ne eee eee 245 3123 Phone SOWINGS accsiccccsenenstes lt ensedecedanselenasuseebnediedsiedededececlse lt taecsdesenstes lt ensednvedeaseeseecasnteiesaadees 251 hr AOS A S E E A E scouts EE E E E E E E E 256 SELS D A E A E EE aie EE E E E seed ese s suede oeeneeeeee 257 Sele Basie CONCEP ene E EE E EA E E REE EER 257 e Genara HI e E EA E E E ER 258 3 13 3 Dial to a Single Dual ISPS cccccccecsceseeeeeccceseeeeeseseeeeesccsseeeeesccssaeeesscosseeesssceess 259 Fg alll GOI eree e E E E E EAEE E E E T 263 ANES LAN a E A E A 264 PIET BESC 00 19
192. ced load balance and backup are different Refer to the following explanation Advanced Load Balance S hitp 192 168_1 1 YPN Load Balance Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer al al led Pas VPN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name Balancel Load Balance Algorithm Pound Robin O Weighted Round Robin Auto Weighted According to Speed Ratio Member1i Member2 5U 50 VPN Load Balance Policy eEdit Olnsert after Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 128 Active Active w Binding Dial Out Profile Sre IP Start oo 255 255 255 255 Dest IP Start oooo gt 255 255 255 255 Dest Port Start hooo 65535 Protocol TCP UDP 255 Detail Information VPN Load Balance FProfile name Balancel amp Algqorithm Round Robin Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name List the load balance profile name Load Balance Algorithm Round Robin Based on packet base both tunnels will send the packet alternatively Such method can reach the balance of packet transmission with fixed rate Weighted Round Robin Such method can reach the balance of packet transmission with flexible rate It can be divided into Auto Weighted and According to Speed Ratio Auto Weighted can detect the device speed 10Mbps 100Mbps and switch with fixed value ratio 3 7 for packet transmission If the transmission rate for packets on both s
193. cess into the load balance policy configuration web page Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface WAN Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface Src IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Src IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Dest IP Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Dest IP End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Dest Port Start Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Dest Port End Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Move UP Move Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 84 Dray Tek Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy WAN gt gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 L Enable Protocol Binding WAN Interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End any we WAN1 Auto failover to the other WAN ill Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Protocol Binding WAN interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Dray Tek Description Check this box to enable this policy Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the WAN interface Protocol Choose th
194. check PPTP IPSec L2TP three types or PPTP IPSec two types or L2TP with Policy Nice to Have Must you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting PPTP LETP L2ETP over IPSec Authentication Username server IPSec LeTP over IPSec Authentication C Digital Signature 509 Peer ID Peer IP YPH Client IP 192 168 1 99 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 200 Dray Tek Dray Tek When you check IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting IPSec f L2TP over IPSec Authentication Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 5095 Peer ID Peer IP YPN Client IP Peer ID Item Profile Name User Name Password Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 Peer IP VPN Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Available settings are explained as follows Description Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above For PSec L2TP IPSec authentication you have to type a pre shared key Type the pre shared key again for confirmation
195. cified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Dray Tek 87 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup There are four subnets provided by the router which allow users to divide groups into different subnets LAN1 LANA In addition different subnets can link for each other by configuring Inter LAN Routing At present LAN setting is fixed with NAT mode only LAN2 LAN4 can be operated under NAT or Route mode IP Routed Subnet can be operated under Route mode LAN gt General Setup General Setup Index LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN IP Routed Subnet Inter LAN Routing Subnet LAM 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAM 4 Status DHCP IP Address y 192 168 1 1 Details Page 192 168 2 1 We ety oye lB Details Page LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 Note LAN 27374 are available when LAWN is enabled Available settings are explained as follows Item General Setup Inter LAN Routing Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Allow to configure settings for each subnet respectively Index Display all of the LAN items Status Basically LAN
196. ckup Mode None hd None Disable the backup function Packet Triggering The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using 69 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide WAN2 IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool ale Y fe Veo LEE Y 172 16 3 200 2 K oF 4 nee mN m N S Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Network Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to Settings obtain the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click th
197. csssseccccceeseeccceeeseceeeceeeeececeseeaseceeesseaaeceseesaageeeessaaseeeeseaaaess 84 SA2 E ee eee eee ee ee EE 86 Dray Te k Vii Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 2 1 Basics of LAN rennene OAE TEANNA 86 3 2 2 General SEUD mecen aaea ia ae i iga laea iaa aE Eae 88 J23 Stale ROUTE srame esaa inga ENE ga ae loa aaeoa Ta e UEa E TN EREET e 96 Re LAN ee e A E EE E E ETEA E EE E E E EAE E 100 32 5 Bnd IP tO MAO eee nee eee een ee nE 102 3 2 6 LAN Port Mirror ccccccccccccceeceeceeeeeseeeeeseeeeseaeeeceeeeeseeeesecessaeceseueeeseeessaueesseeesseeeesaases 103 OO INI a Secrest E nee eta de ashe crete vases ea oos moet goede E A sa 104 3 91 OP Pre GINS CUOM ia tactieccazseoeceatactancsteodatesaeteasasaesecpystacdscsesaetemeaneeseeps vassseestsehasasses aeecvonceesee 105 1B 2 ONAR Sse ceesecpats css avec vasasucadarsatedts ec caet sua vasasedstensivbe taengiaauasasedacansete ts fane tsetaisauedseeate 107 Bid ODEN ONS ae E e E 110 3 3 4 Address Mapping ae 5 eo as seryccece ons ern sve acescssodensavantcosasaesedoavacssecpasavieucsesenessaesedeanstacaeeeatanoeeee 111 Ore Oe WIIG CO OU ING eea AEEA E A EE E E EEE 113 E FON e E E E E E E E 115 3 4 1 Basics for MIP GW Allinsticcttioncamastorains ants catuncetetauasescdenidatesatviesadenidnedunstoraiuntonaaaiieeiaasascicens 115 3 4 2 General SEDs uniana a a e E E a ea aN E ARa 117 3A Filter SEP sucs e inei a e a i aa aE a er atone RN 122 34 1 DOS DEl E EE EE 130 3 5 User Manageme nt ccscc
198. d However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It 268 Dray Tek is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option Vigor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility Configuration Status General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 C Set mini status always on top Frequency 802 11b gn 24GH v C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel 1 v C Grup Roaming PE Power Save Mode Tx Burst WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferved networks Tx Burst izable Enable Note means th
199. d please choose WAN if Ethernet interface is used please choose WAN2 if 3G USB modem is used please choose WAN3 Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface WYANT Physical Mode ADSL 7 VOSL Physical Type WANI WAN2 and WAN3 will bring up different configuration page Refer to the following for detailed information Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 20 Dray Tek 2 3 1 For WAN1 ADSL VDSL WANI is specified for ADSL or VDSL connection Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface WAR Physical Mode ADSL 7 VOSL Physical Type You have to select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface In addition the field of For ADSL Only will be available only when ADSL is detected Then click Next for next step PPPoE PPPoA l Dray Tek Choose WANI as WAN Interface and click the Next button you will get the following page Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Protocol PPPoE PPPoA For ADSL Only Encapsulation PPPoE LLC SNAP Fixed IP Oves NofDynamic IP IP Address a Subnet Mask Default Gateway i Primary DNS f Second DNS Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Protocol There are two modes offered for you to choose for WAN 1 21 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide interface PPPoE PPPoA E J
200. d LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN 3 14 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 266 Dr ay Te k Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 02 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 11b 11g lin Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup iz Only schedule profiles that have the action Force Down are applied to the WLAN all other actions are ignored Enable Hide SSID SSID Isolate Member Isolate YPN a a a 2 o sd 3 0 Fo 4 oO Fd ag Member Wireless clhents stations with the same SSID cannot access for each other Isolate VPN isolate wireless with remote dial in and LAN to LAN VPA Channel Channel 6 243 MHz Long Preamble C Long Preamble necessary for some old 802 11 b de
201. dapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish i Cancel Dray Tek 13 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 9 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use mr Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer E Eidi AST lt a Canon y ee fle zy This driver is digitally signed windows Update Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings 9 a Brother HL 1070 Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port Description O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port Local Pot Printer Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 HP LaserJet 1300 Brot
202. data of such triggering profile Incoming Port Type the port or port range for the incoming packets 3 4 Firewall 3 4 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet conn
203. ded by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 63 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide ISDN Dial Backup Setup This setting is only available for the router supporting ISDN function ISDN Dial Backup Setup WAN Connection Detection Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile Dial Backup Mode None Disable the backup function Packet Triggering The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network Detection connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to
204. designate the LAN port for channel 3 to 8 Service Type Normally service type is used for the service of video stream e g IPTV It can divide the packets from remote control and from video stream into different PVC Such feature is used for specific application Please choose Normal as the Service Type Normal It means that the PVC can accept all packets IGMP It means that such PVC can accept IGMP packets only Such type just meets a specific environment on some ISPs Data and IGMP packets will be transmitted and received with different PVC Add Tag To identify the usage of PVC check this box to invoke this setting And type the number for VLAN ID number Priority To add the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 80 Dray Tek Click Clear to remove all the configurations in this page if you do not satisfy it When you finish the configuration please click OK to save and exit this page Or click Cancel to abort the configuration and exit this page 3 1 5 Multi VLAN This router allows you to create multi VLAN for different data transferring for using Simply go to WAN and select Multi VLAN General The system allows you to set up to eight channels for multi VLAN WAN gt Multi VLAN General Channel The 2 af Enable O wE m im N eS d Priority OOOOH Note 1 Tag value must be set between 1 4095 and unique for e
205. e Categories File Extensions Image Select All Cl bmp dib E gif Ll jpeg L jpa O ipg2 O jp Clear All d pct all PEX LI PIC Fi pict png tf tiff Select All Ol asf C avi L mov O mpe O mpeg Li mpg LJ mp4 E qt LJ rm L wmvy 1 3qp L 3gpp C1 3gpp2 L1 3q2 5 i ct T Clear AIl Audio Select All LI aac LI aiff LJ au L mp3 Ol m4a F m4p F ogg C ra l ram J vox Cl wav J wma Clear All Java Select All Ooclass Mja Mjr Oja CO java Clear All O jse Ojsp LC jtk Activex Select All L alx Ol apb O axs Clear All O viw C vrm Compression Select All Dace Oaj Obzip2 O bz2 C rar M sit E zip Clear All Executation Select All L bas C bat LJ com ser Clear All Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile Dray Tek 155 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 7 CSM Profile Content Security Management CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management APP Enforcement Filter As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may lever
206. e About Us Product My Information User Name james fae VigorACSs SI Serial 2011031609200201 VigorPro Model Vigar2o50 End User License Agreement PLEASE READ THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT LICENSE CAREFULLY BEFORE DOWNLOADING GR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE BY DOWNLOADING INSTALLING OR USING THE SOFTWARE YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERNS OF THIS LICENSE IF You DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE YOU ARE NOT AUTHORIZED TO DOWNLOAD OR USE THIS SOFTWARE 1 Scope hawe read and accept the above Agreement Please check this bos Dray Tek 45 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 11 When this page appears click Register Apply For A License Number About Us Product My Information Serice Name WCF VigorACS SI STEP 2 VigorPro Activation Date MM DD YYYY 03 16 2011 7 Customer Survey 12 Wait for a moment until the following page appears DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Web Content filter 2011 03 28 2011 04 27 Commtouch Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router Update your signature again is recommended Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Close 13 Click Close Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 46 Dray Te k d Web Configuration This chapter will guide users to execute web configuration 1 Open a web browser on your PC and
207. e Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP Mortes Mapes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic Available settings are explained as follows Item Description IKE Authentication This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node Method LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Dr ay Tek 205 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 10 6 IPSec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users VPN
208. e Timeout settings will be ignored Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory USB ADSL Phonet Factory co Reset WAN2 VDSL Phone Phoned After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request 5 7 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support DrayTek com Dray Te k 377 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide
209. e User Defined TOn1 TOff1 TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn1 and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off Dray Tek 253 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide VoIP gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt Phone 1 Tone Settings Region User Defined Caller ID Type FSK_ETSI Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton T off 2 Hz Hz msec msec msec msec a e oo oo Dial tone s50 Ringing tone OU Busy tone 400 fi Ni lit lilt Mi UB Congestion tone Volume Gain DTMF Speaker Gain 1 10 Pu RFC29333 io MISC Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 Ring Frequency 10 SOH2 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Region Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 254 Dray Te k Dray Tek Volume Gain MISC DTMF Advance Settings gt Phone Tone Settings Region User Veined ov Diz 0 Ringiltaly 0 Volume G4ustralia a a Slovenia Mic Gain Czech Speaker Slovakia Hungary MISC Switzerland Dial Tone jin Ring Freq China Taiwan Also you can specify each fie
210. e WAN interface WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 for binding Auto failover to other WAN Check this button to lead the data passing through other WAN automatically when the selected WAN interface is failover Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination port start for the destination IP Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed through the WAN interface 85 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP LAN 3 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does 1s to translate the packets from public IP address to
211. e are compatible with Vigor router 2011 06 29 VoIP 07 How to open UDP 5060 port to the internal SIP server behind Vigor VoIP 2011 06 28 routers Qos 08 How to Recovery Password on VigorSwitch G2240 2011 06 01 ISDN 09 How to monitor VPN status via Syslog Utility 2011 03 15 IP PBX 10 How to add a new printer in Windows 2011 03 05 Firewall IP Filter 11 How to force all traffics going through WWAN2 when both WANs on Vigor Then click the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router link 2011 01 04 FAQ Printer Server O01 hat types of printers are compatible with Vigor router 2011 08 08 02 How to add a new printer in Windows 2011 03 03 03 How do configure LPR printing on Windows2000 XP 2010 04 06 04 How do configure LPR printing on WindowsSo Me 2009 01720 05 How do configure LPR printing on Linux boxes 2009 01 20 06 Why there are some strange print out when try to print my documents 2004 0120 through Wigor2104P 2300 s print server Oy Wheat aro tho liemitatione in the ICR Orintor Oonoet of tfine Gaositor NAGA Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN port Dray Tek 15 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 16 Dray Te k Basic Settings For using the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primar
212. e categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 166 Dray Tek Action Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog 3 8 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management 3 8 1 Sessions Limit Bandwidth Management A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session proc
213. e click on Network Connections Webwork Connections Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using BS ASUSTek Broadcom 440 10 100 Ir Configure This connection uses the following items El Client tor Microsoft Networks a File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks fm 0s Packet Scheduler Internet Protocol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Protocol lnternet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectivity Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 372 Dr ay Tek 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports thie capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Use the folowing ONS server addresses ar ees For Mac OS 1
214. e drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Petresh Seconds Click this link to refresh this page manually Display the number of the data flow Display the IP address of the monitored device Display the transmission speed of the monitored device Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes Page Retresh bps Sessions Action Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column Page Refresh Sessions Action blocked 299 Unblock Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate for WAN interface Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in data transmission Speed means line speed specified in WAN gt gt General Setup If you do not specify any rate at that page here will display Auto for instead 316 Dray Tek 3 17 9 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WANI1 WAN2 WAN3 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph 1 Refresh Show Chart WANI Bandwidth Daily Refresh Mints WAN Bandwid
215. e model name of the router Display the firmware version of the router Display the date and time of the current firmware build 292 Dray Tek LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS Wireless LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Frequency Domain It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various Firmware Version It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi SSID Display the SSID of the router WAN Link Status Display current connection status MAC Address Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Connection Display the connection type IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway VoIP Profile Display the VoIP profile for the phone port In Out Display the number of incoming outgoing phone call 3 16 2 TR 069 This device supports TR 069 standard It is very convenient fo
216. e real transmission rate depends on the environment of the network Rate Control It controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Upload Check Enable and type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 30 000 kbps Download Type the transmitting rate for data download Default value is 30 000 kbps Dray Tek 269 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 14 3 Security This page allows you to set security with different modes for SSID 1 2 3 and 4 respectively After configuring the correct settings please click OK to save and invoke it The default security mode is Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Default Pre Shared Key PSK is provided and stated on the label pasted on the bottom of the router For the wireless client who wants to access into Internet through such router please input the default PSK value for connection By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WPA and WEP Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings SSID 1 SSID SSID 3 SSID 4 Set up RADIUS Server if 802 1 is enabled WPA Encryption Mode TKIP for WPA AES for WPA2 Pre Shared Key PSkK Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOlaz or Ox655abed WEP Encryption Mode b4 Bit Key 1 Kev 2 Kew o key 4 For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for examp
217. e that channel Only channel 3 to 8 can be set in this page for channel to 2 are reserved for NAT using P1 to P4 It means the LAN port 1 to 4 Check the box to designate the LAN port for channel 3 to 8 Click Clear to remove all the configurations in this page if you do not satisfy it When you finish the configuration please click OK to save and exit this page Or click Cancel to abort the configuration and exit this page Dray Tek 83 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 1 6 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WANI1 WAN2 and WAN3 interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when WAN1 WAN2 and WAN3 are activated WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Index Enable Protocol WAN CIP SrcIP Dest IP Dest IP at hash Move Move Start End Start End Start End Up Down 1 O any be Down 2 Oo UP Down 3 OO UP Down 4 60 UP Down 5 oO UP Down e Oo UP Down i a UP Down 8 60 UP Down 2 Oo UP Down ow O UP Down lt lt 1 10 11 40 21 30 31 32 gt gt Next gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Index Click the number of index to ac
218. ease this function Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls with unknown ID Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls from unknown domain Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this filed to block all the incoming calls from IP address Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block the last incoming phone call 244 Dray Tek PSTN Setup Some emergency phone e g 911 or special phone cannot be dialed out by using VoIP and can be called out through PSTN line only To solve this problem this page allows you to set five sets of PSTN number for dialing without passing through Internet Please type the number in the field of phone number for PSTN relay VoIP gt PSTN Setup Default phone number for PSTN relay Enable phone number for PSTN relay E E DO E E E bep a Then check the Enable box to make the PSTN number available for dial whenever you need 3 12 2 SIP Accounts In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP
219. ection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Specify Remote Node You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IKE aggressive mode Uncheck the checkbox means the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings Netbios Naming Packet Pass Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Multicast via VPN Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Chose one of the subnet selections for such VPN profile Assign Static IP Address Allows you to specify certain IP address as a subnet User Name This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Password This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP Check this box to make the authentication with mOTP functi
220. ection Web Content Filter Profile for detailed information Now follow the steps listed below to activate WCF feature for your router Note Such function is available only for Admin Mode 1 Open Service Activation Wizard Quick Start Aivar C Service Activation Wizard gt of Wii fate 2 The screen of Service Activation Wizard will be shown as follows Choose the one you need and click Next In this case we choose to activate free trail edition Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Free trial edition FOP rentar ENSE KEY Free trial edition it offers a period of trial for you to get acquainted with WCF function Formal edition with license key you can extend the license valid time manually Note If you activate Formal edition with license key first the free trial edition will be invalid Dray Tek 35 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 In the following page you can activate the Web content filter services at the same time or individually When you finish the selection please click Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This product provides 30 days of free trial please choose the item s you want to use WCE service Web Content Filter Commtouch License Agreement Commtouch is the web content f
221. ection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Dr ay Tek 115 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Outgoing Traffic Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the at
222. ectors first 1 2 1 For Vigor2850 Jue Migor2850 Drey Te nee Firewall _ S cs o a E m Bo a Fi Ah gl Peony O Q l WAN WOSL Gea GigaLAN r 1 AWAN VWORSLAADSL USE Explanation ACT Activity Blinking The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting WAN2 Internet connection is ready Off Internet connection is not ready The data is transmitting WCF The Web Content Filter is active It is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup ADSL The router is ready to access Internet through ADSL link Slowly The ADSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is training VDSL The router is ready to access Internet through VDSL link Slowly The VDSL connection is ready Quickly The connection is training DoS The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while an attack is detected VPN The VPN tunnel is active Qos The QoS function is active LED on Connector Left LED The port is connected GigaLAN 1 2 3 Green The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green The port is connected with 10 100Mbps Left LED The port is connected GigaLAN Green The port is disconnected 4 WAN Giga The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green Off The port is connected with 10 100Mbps Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 2 Dray Tek 2850 curity Fir
223. ederal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Please visit http www DrayTek com user AboutRegulatory php This produc
224. edules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 3 5 3 User Group This page allows you to bind several user profiles into one group These groups will be used in Firewall gt gt General Setup as part of filter rules User Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name ee CD FRERBRESBEFE PRP Peep e Please click any index number link to open the following page Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 138 Dray Tek User Management gt gt User Group Profile Index 1 Available User Objects Selected User Objects Max 32 Objects 1 admin 2 System Reservation J LAM User Group 1 4 VVLAN User Group A S VWVLAK User Group GB L Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this user group Available User Objects You can gather user profiles objects from User Profile page within one user group All the available user objects that you have created will be shown in this box Notice that user object Admin and Dial In User are factory settings User defined profiles will be numbered with 3 4 5 and so on eee ancy NORE ects Click button to add the selected user objects in this box 3 5 4 User Online Status This page displays the user s connected to the router and refreshes the connection status in an interval of several seconds User Management gt gt User Online
225. eeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Wireless LAN gt gt WMM Configuration WMM Configuration WMM Capable APSD Capable WMM Parameters of Access Point Aifsn AC_BE AC_BK a AC_VO WMM Parameters of Station Setto Factory Default Enable Disable Enable Disable Aifsn AC_BE AC_BK as AC_VO CWMin CWMax Txop ACM AckPolicy e E m m m D D E E CWMin CWMax Txop ACM m m z m Available settings are explained as follows Item WMM Capable APSD Capable Aifsn CWMin CWMax Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button The default setting is Disable It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission Please specify the value ranging from to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC_VI and AC VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC BE and AC BK categories CWMin means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging from to 15 Be aware that CWMax value must be greater than CWMin or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC VI and AC VO 280 Dray Te
226. ek 49 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Physical Mode Type Display the physical mode and physical type of such WAN interface Line Speed Display the downstream and upstream rate of such WAN interface Active Mode Display whether such WAN interface is Active device or backup device Backup WAN Display the Backup WAN interface for such WAN when it is disabled Note In default each WAN port is enabled WAN1 with ADSL VDSL Vigor router will detect the physical line is connected by ADSL or VDSL automatically Therefore this page allows you to configure settings for ADSL and VDSL at one time That 1s it is not necessary for you to configure different profile settings for ADSL and VDSL respectively WAN gt General Setup WAN 1 Enable Display Name fs Physical Mode VOSL Fallback Mode Physical Type Line Speedikbpsi DownLink bo UpLink bo WLAN Tag insertion ADSL Tag value bo O 40955 Priority bo O 7 WLAN Tag insertion DSL Tag value bo O 4095 Priority bo O 7 Send SMS if line drops out Send Mail Alert if line drops out C Active Mode Always On ence Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Display Name Type the description for such interface Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 50 Dray Tek Physical Mode Fallback M
227. en you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will be replaced by 8863 For example dial number of 031111111 will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to SIP server Mode The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number 239 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available This item will be changed according to the port settings configured in VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Move UP Move Down Click the link to move the selected entry up or down Call Barring Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that 1s not welcomed VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Setto Factory Default Index Call Direction Barring Type Barring Numbe
228. eneral Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP VIDES Mapes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 340 Dray Te k 3 4 Dray Tek Go to LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Branch 1 Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s VPN Dial Out Through WANT First Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an IPSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type 64k bps PPTP Username IPSec Tunnel Password eee PPP Authentication PAPICHAP VJ Compression on off Dial Number for ISDN or
229. ent Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting LAN RT VPN gt WAN w Dont Care Action Profile Syslog m Fass Immediately o e0000 Non Strict None Auto Select None None None None lt m NN N Edit Available settings are explained as follows Item Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 Clear sessions when schedule ON Dray Tek Description Check this box to enable the filter rule Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Check this box to clear the sessions when the above schedule profiles are applied 123 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Direction Source Destination IP Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Set the direction of packet flow It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic LAN RTVPN WAN LANRTAVPNL gt WWAN WAN gt LAMER TAY PN LAMRTWPN gt LAMRTAPMN Note RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet or other LAN Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges 3 IP Address Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer
230. ent on the client software Then the client can use the FTP site USB storage disk or share the Samba service through Vigor router USB Application Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 284 Dray Te k 3 15 1 USB General Settings This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection default charset for FTP server and enable Samba service At present the Vigor router can support USB storage disk with formats of FAT16 and FAT32 only Therefore before connecting the USB storage disk into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB storage disk is FAT 16 or FAT32 It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long filename USB Application gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 kmaximum 6 Default Charset English w Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood O Enable Disable Access Mode LAN Only LAN 4nd WAN NetBios Name Service Note 1 If Charset is set to English only English long file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client hawe multi connection mechanism such as Filezilla you may limit clent connections setting ta 1 to get better performance 3 4 workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the host name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 charact
231. eo will exhaust lots of bandwidth The difference in bandwidth between download and upload are great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP application Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Dray Tek 175 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Edit the Class Rule for QoS The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction hess phaser Glass Others ea Sune 1 2 J Control Statistics WANT Enable Kbps Kbps Outbound 25 25 2595 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 259 25 25 2556 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for
232. er IPSec Check this box to verify data and transmit data in encryption with GRE over IPSec packet after configuring IPSec Dial Out setting Both ends must match for each other by setting same virtual IP address for communication Logical Traffic Such technique comes from RFC2890 Define logical traffic for data transmission between both sides of VPN tunnel by using the characteristic of GRE Even hacker can decipher IPSec encryption he she still cannot ask LAN site to do data transmission with any information Such function can ensure the data transmitted on VPN tunnel is really sent out from both sides This is an optional function However if one side wants to use it the peer must enable it too My GRE IP Type the virtual IP for router itself for verified by peer Peer GRE IP Type the virtual IP of peer host for verified by router My WAN IP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Remote Gateway IP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP add
233. er has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserved bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel VPN Tunnel Private Network Cooperate Network 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 0 10 Click Edit to open a new window Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 3 Name DiffServ Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type Empty 5 Dray Tek i Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 11 Click Add to open the following window Check the ACT box first Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT DiffServ CodePoint IP precedence 4 Service Type oY SLOG UDP 514 Note Please choose setup the Service Type first 12 Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s IP address Leave other fields and click OK Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 352 Dray Te k 4 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router Using Firmware Upgrade Utility Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools 1 Goto www DrayTek com 2 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Firmware menu and click it Search the model you have and click on it to download the newly update firmware for
234. erformed first The user has to type the password specified here to pass the authentication When the user passes the authentication he she can access Internet via this router with the limitation configured in this user profile Confirm Password Type the password again for confirmation Idle Timeout If the user is idle over the limitation of the timer the network connection will be stopped for such user By default the Idle Timeout is set to 10 minutes Max User Login Such profile can be used by many users You can set the limitation for the number of users accessing Internet with the conditions of such profile The default setting is 0 which means no limitation in the number of users Policy It is available only when User Based mode selected in User Management gt gt General Setup E efault w Default Create Mew Folic Default If you choose such item the filter rules pre configured in Firewall can be adopted for such user profile Create New Policy If you choose such item the following page will be popped up for you to define another filter rule as a new policy Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 136 Dray Tek Dray Tek External Service Authentication Log Pop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule Comments O Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Source IP Any Destination IP Any Service Type AN
235. ers but both cannot contain any of the follawing xs 7 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections This field is used to specify the quantity of the FTP sessions The router allows up to 6 FTP sessions connecting to USB storage disk at one time Default Charset At present Vigor router supports four types of character sets Default Charset 1s for English based file name E nqlish Chinese Simple Chinese Traditional German Samba Service Settings Click Enable to invoke samba service via the router Access Mode LAN Only Users coming from internet cannot connect to the samba server of the router Dr ay Tek 285 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide LAN And WAN Both LAN and WAN users can access samba server of the router NetBios Name Service For the NetBios service of USB storage disk you have to specify a workgroup name and a host name A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name can have as many as 15 characters and the host name can have as many as 23 characters Both them cannot contain any of the following lt gt Workgroup Name Type a name for the workgroup Host Name Type the host name for the router 3 15 2 USB User Management This page allows you to set profiles for FTP Samba users Any user who wants to access into the USB storage disk must type the same username and
236. ess 4 MAC Address P Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the bound PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Wake by Dr ay Tek 189 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP IP Address mac address K YL Result Send command to client done 3 9 8 Short Message Service The function of Short Message Service is that Vigor router sends a message to user s mobile through specified service provider to assist the user knowing the real time abnormal situations Vigor router allows you to set up to 8 SMS profiles which will be sent out according to different conditions Application gt gt Short Message Service Short Message Service Portile Setto Factory Default Index Profile Name Service Provider Destination Number Status o gt ee gt eae i Bee ie E Ea EJS x Click any index number line to access into the web page for detailed configuration Application gt gt Shorn Message Service Profile Index 1 Enable SMS Setup O Enable Disable Profile Name Oooo Servi
237. ess LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it VPN Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with different VPN not accessing for each other Member Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Channel Auto Channel 1 24172MHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422hMHz Channel 4 24427 MHz Channel 5 2452hMHz Channel G 243 MHz Channel 7 2442MHz Channel 8 2447 MHz Channel 9 2452MHz Channel 10 24457 MHz Channel 11 24b2hMHz Channel 12 24467 MHz Channel 13 24 2MHz This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync fiel
238. ession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Dray Tek 167 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions 100 Limitation List Index Start IF Max Sessions Specific Limitation state end Maximum Sessions Administration Message Max 256 characters Default Message You have reached the maximum number of permitted Internet sessions lt p gt Please close one or more applications to allow further Internet access lt p gt Contact your syster administrator for further information Time Schedule Index 1 155 in Schedule Setup iz Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Session Limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit session Disable Click this button to close the function of limit session Default session limit Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Limitation List Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 168 Dray Tek Specific Limitation Start IP Defines the start IP address for limit session End IP Defines the end IP address for limit session
239. et to Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status 1 777 x 1r 777 x 2 2 x 16 2 x 3 x 19 x 4 777 x 20 777 x D 2 x 1 2 x 6 777 x ZZ 2 x f 2 x 23 foots x 8 x 24 77 x 9 779 ka 25 779 ka 10 777 x 26 777 x 11 777 x i 777 x 12 2 x 26 2 x 13 x 29 x 14 777 x 30 ger x 15 a x 31 ee x 16 777 x Je 2 x Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 212 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name er C Enable this profile YPN Dial Out Through WANT First Netbios Naming Packet Pass OeBlock Multicast wia YPN OPass Block for same IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server
240. ets at the LAN interface RX Packets Displays the total received packets at the LAN interface TX Bytes Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the LAN interface RX Bytes Displays the speed of received octets at the LAN interface WAN IPv6 Status Enable No in red means such interface is available but not enabled Yes in green means such interface is enabled No in red means such interface is not available Dr ay Te k 39 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Item Description Mode Displays the type of WAN connection e g TSPC Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface IP Displays the IP address of the WAN interface Gateway IP Displays the IP address of the default gateway Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface is not ready for accessing Internet 2 5 2 Virtual WAN Such page displays the virtual WAN connection information Virtual WAN are used by TR 069 management VoIP service and so on The field of Application will list the purpose of such WAN connection Online Status Virtual WAN System Uptime 69 7 20 WAN 5 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Application YES ADSL ae 00 00 g Management IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps t Se 0 a 0 0 WAN 6 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Application Yes ADSL oe 00 00 g Management IP
241. etting more information please create an account for MyVigor 4 9 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router 1 Click CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile The following page will appear CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name T Default 5 2 G 3 i Or Click System Maintenance gt gt Activation to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Status Not Activated Authentication Message Activated Wiz 00 04 55 Authenticate is continuously connect to the server 2000 01 01 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 362 Dray Tek 2 Click the Activate link A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically Please take a moment to register Membership Registration entitles you to upgrade firmware for your purchased product and receive news about upcoming products and services Password ixxhdd If you cannot read the word click here Forgotten password Auth Code Don t have a MyVigor Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 886 3 597 2727 or 3 Click the link of Create an account now 4 Check to co
242. ewall G ON Factory a Fesat 2 PWR atl GigaLANr 1 AWAN VOSUADSL USB Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration GigaLAN 1 3 Connecters for local network devices 4 WAN Connecter for local network devices or remote network devices VDSL ADSL Connecter for accessing the Internet USB Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dr ay Tek 3 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 1 2 2 For Vigor2850n A Drey Tek OHDFFWPS ACT WLAN Das i Oo USB ADSL VPN Facbory Resat WAHZ VOSL Qos GigaLANe i LED ACT Activity Status Blinking 5 5 USB Blinking WAN2 2 Blinking WLAN i D Blinking ADSL Blinking VDSL Blinking DoS Blinking VPN QoS LED on Connector Left LED Green 5 GigaLAN 1 2 3 D B 5 5 5 ff Blinking Right LED On Green Off Left LED GigaLAN 4 WAN Green Giga D ff Blinking Right LED On Green Off Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 4 Vigor2850n WDOSL Security Firewall ka 4 mi VDSLADSL Use iAH Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is
243. fault Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt gt DoS defense Setup DoS defense Setup Enable DoS Defense Select All C Enable SYN flood defense C Enable UDP flood defense C Enable ICMP flood defense C Enable Port Scan detection LJ Block IP options C Block Land C Block Smurf C Block trace route C Block SYN fragment C Block Fraggle Attack Threshold packets sec Timeout io sec Threshold packets sec Timeout io sec Threshold packets sec Timeout ho sec Threshold packets sec LJ Block TCP flag scan LJ Block Tear Drop C Block Ping of Death C Block ICMP fragment O Block UnknownProtocol Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Dos Defense Select All Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Click this button to select all the items listed below Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10
244. ff line Before setting VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile please configure at least two sets of LAN to LAN profiles with fully configured dial out settings first otherwise you will not have selections for grouping Member and Member 2 Features of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance Mechanism VPN Load Balance Mechanism can set multiple VPN tunnels for using as traffic load balance tunnel It can assist users to do effective load sharing for multiple VPN tunnels according to real line bandwidth Moreover it offers three types of algorithms for load balancing and binding tunnel policy mechanism to let the administrator manage the network more flexibly gt gt Dray Tek Three types of load sharing algorithm offered Round Robin Weighted Round Robin and Fastest Binding Tunnel Policy mechanism allows users to encrypt the data in transmission or specified service function in transmission and define specified VPN Tunnel for having effective bandwidth management Dial out connection types contain IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec and GRE over IPSec The web page is simple to understand and easy to configure The TCP Session transmitted by using VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism will not be lost due to one of VPN Tunnels disconnected Users do not need to reconnect with setting TCP UDP Service Port again The VPN Load Balance function can keep the transmission for internal data on tunnel stably 221 Vigor2850 Series User
245. ficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside Object based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition Vigor2850 series supports USB interface for connecting USB printer to share printing function or 3G USB modem for network connection Vigor2850 series provides two level management to simplify the configuration of network connection The user mode allows user accessing into WEB interface via simple configuration However if users want to have advanced configurations they can access into WEB interface through admin mode 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following oh Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings SHEE Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings ve Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 3 4 for detailed explanation Dray Tek 1 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and conn
246. figured to use the same shared secret Confirm Shared Secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation 3 9 4 LDAP Active Directory Setup Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP is a communication protocol for using in TCP IP network It defines the methods to access distributing directory server by clients work on directory and share the information in the directory by clients The LDAP standard is established by the work team of Internet Engineering Task Force IETF As the name described LDAP is designed as an effect way to access directory service without the complexity of other directory service protocols For LDAP 1s defined to perform inquire and modify the information within the directory and acquire the data in the directory securely therefore users can apply LDAP to search or list the directory object inquire or manage the active directory Applications gt gt LDAP Active Directory LDAP Active Directory Setup Enable Destination Port e Authentication Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Server IP Address Destination Port Authentication Mode Common Name Identifier Base Distinguished Name Dray Tek Description Check this box to enable such function Enter the IP address of RADIUS server It means the port on TCP for establishing an LDAP session between clients and LDAP server The default value is 389 This function is for future use Type a na
247. for VLANO It means that PCs grouped under VLANO can get the IP address es that specified by the subnet Note Leave one VLAN untagged at least to prevent from not connecting to Vigor router due to unexpected error To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the following example 1 If VLAN 0 is consisted of hosts linked to P1 and P2 and VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P3 and P4 VLANO and VLAN are configured with different subnets g 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown below LAN gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable Wireless LAN P4 SSID1 SSID2 SSID3 SSID4 Subnet ee ee d Ni Na 3 Enable O m gmi m imi m im m ia El Ss K oO K O m ih N ami N im mN m Em N gN NES m pmi N iN NiS 1 Tag based VLAN only applied for LAN Ports 2 The checked Wireless LAN SSID will not has VLAN tagging function but regarded as joining WLAN group 3 The set VLAN ID VID must be unique and not duplicate To remove VLAN uncheck the needed box and click OK to save the results Dray Te k 101 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address i
248. for more detailed information 127 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here E http 192 168_1_1 docfipfedrady htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 DrayTek Banner Strict Security Checking CI APP Enforcement Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box f DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 192 168 1 1 z WAN Information WAMI IF Fixed 172 16 2 213 LAN Status T Packets Re Packets Wahl IP Fixed 20489 15285 Tool Setup Telnet Read ont Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEP AGE 950 ANS DORM Traditional Chinese B
249. g USB Syslog L Enable Web Syslog Refresh Clear Syslog Type Display Mode Stop record when fulls me Time Message Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Web Syslog Check this box to enable the function of Web Syslog Syslog Type Use the drop down list to specify a type of Syslog to be displayed ser w Display Mode There are two modes for you to choose Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 290 Dray Tek Meelis lulls stop record when fulls Always record the new event Stop record when fulls when the capacity of syslog is full the system will stop recording Always record the new event only the newest events will be recorded by the system Time Display the time of the event occurred Message Display the information for each event For USB Syslog This page displays the syslog recorded on the USB storage disk USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog Folder n a File n a Page n a Log Type n a Time Log Type Message Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Time Display the time of the event occurred Log Type Display the type of the record Message Display the information for each event Dray Te k 291 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 16 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time
250. ge allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SNMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session The management pages for IPv4 and IPv6 protocols are different For IPv4 IPv4 Management Setup Router Name Management Access Control System Maintenance gt gt Management IPvo Management Setup fs Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default 23 O Allow management from the Internet HTTP Port Default 80 FTF Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List List IP HTTPS Port Default 443 FTP Port Default 21 SSH Port Default 22 SNMP Setup Enable SNMP Agent Subnet Mask Set Community private a Manager Host P 2 Trap Community pubie i Notification Hostie i Trap Timeout ho seconds Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Router Name Management Access Control Access List Description Type in the router name provided by ISP Allow management from the Internet Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Disable PING from the Internet Check the checkbox to reject all PING p
251. gistrar server Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP service The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again If the router e g broadband router you use connects to internet by other device you have to set this function for your necessity NAT Traversal Support None Disable this function Stun Choose this option if there is Stun server provided for your router Manual Choose this option if you want to specify an external IP address as the NAT transversal support Nortel If the soft switch that you use supports Nortel 248 Dray Tek Dray Tek Call Forwarding Ring Port Ring Pattern Prefer Codec Packet Size
252. gt gt Multi PVCs Multi PVCs General ATM QoS Port based Bridge Channel QoS Type PCR SCR MBS 1 oF oT oT 2 oo oo Bo 3 eT oo oo 7 o e y o f o Note 1 5et 0 means default value 2 PCRimax ADSL Up Speed 53 6 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description QoS Type Select a proper QoS type for the channel according to the information that your ISP provides PCR It represents Peak Cell Rate The default setting is 0 SCR It represents Sustainable Cell Rate The value of SCR must be smaller than PCR Dr ay Tek 79 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide MBS It represents Maximum Burst Size The range of the value is 10 to 50 Port based Bridge General page lets you set the first PVC As to set the second PVC line please click the Port based Bridge tab to open Bridge configuration page WAN gt Multi PVCs Multi PVCs General ATM QoS Port based Bridge Channel Enable PI P P3 P4 Service Type Add Tag Priority 1 bo l b 2 e fei 3 O ob o E oe fe 5 D ole e 6 E oe pb 7 O ob o 8 E oe e Mote 1 Channel 1 to 2 are reserved for Nat Route use 2 P1 is reserved for Nat Route use Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check this box to enable that channel Only channel 3 to 8 can be set in this page for channel to 2 are reserved for NAT using P1 to P4 It means the LAN port 1 to 4 Check the box to
253. h profile Any user who uses such profile for accessing into USB storage disk must follow the rule specified here File Check the items Read Write and Delete for such profile Directory Check the items List Create and Remove for such profile Before you click OK you have to insert a USB storage disk into the USB interface of the Vigor router Otherwise you cannot save the configuration Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 288 Dr ay Te k 3 15 3 File Explorer File Explorer offers an easy way for users to view and manage the content of USB storage disk connected on Vigor router USB Application gt gt File Explorer File Explorer o Name Size Delete Rename Current Path 4 Upload File Select a file O Upload Note The folder can not be deleted when itis not empty Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Click this icon to refresh files list Refresh oe Click this icon to return to the upper directory Back a Click this icon to add a new folder Create Current Path Display current folder Upload Click this button to upload the selected file to the USB storage disk The uploaded file in the USB diskette can be shared for other user through FTP 3 15 4 USB Disk Status This page is to monitor the status for the users who accessing into FTP or Samba server USB storage disk via the Vigor router If you want to remove the storage disk from USB port in
254. hat malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load b
255. he router You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address for your necessity Specify a MAC Address Type in the MAC address for the router manually Type in the primary IP address for the router If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future 62 Dray Tek Dray Tek Details Page for PPPoE in WAN2 To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the Internet please select PPPoE from the WAN gt gt Internet Access gt gt WAN2 page The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Enable Disable PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP ISP Access Setup Idle Timeout Ea omele onan y IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Password fs WAN IP Alias Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP gt Fixed IP Address fs ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address WAN Connection Detection MAC Address oo Jio aa foo Joo 02 Mode TTL Max 1492 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Disable Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provi
256. he IPv4 network connection is normal In the following figure the TSPC information is obtained from http gogo6 com after applied for the service WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type TSPC Configuration Username Cacahsu Password TTT IITiLiiiili Confirm Password PTT IIIT iiiiity Tunnel Broker broker freenet6_net Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful the physical connection will be shows as follows Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 0 12 11 IPv4 IPv6 LAN Status IP Address PENAT F008 oe fC PEEA 7EEO 64 Global TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 53 246 4742 51618 WAN IPv6 Status Enable Mode Up Time YES TSPC 0 11 30 Gateway IP TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 54 239 5432 32527 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 326 Dray Te k AICCU Tunnel application Choose AICCU and type the information for AICCU of IPv6 Note While using such mode you have to make sure the IPv4 network connection is normal In the following figure the AICCU information is obtained from https www sixxs net main after applied for the service WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 TE Access Mode Connection Type AICCU Configuration Username JCRS SIKKS Password eeeeeeee Confirm Password PTT iTiiii Tunnel Broker tic s
257. he IPv6 address for Primary DNS server Secondary DNS Server Type another IPv6 address for DNS server if required Static IPv6 Address IPv6 Address Type static IPv6 address for LAN configuration Prefix Length Type the fixed value for prefix length Add Click it to add a new entry Delete Click it to remove an existed entry Current Pv6 Address Display current used IPv6 addresses Table Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 92 Dray Tek Details Page for LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 LAN gt General Setup Lan 2 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration Enable Disable DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server For NAT Usage For Routing Usage Enable Relay Agent IP Address 192 168 2 1 Start IP Address 192 166 2 10 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 IF Pool Counts 100 Gateway IP Address 192 168 2 1 Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration Description Enable Disable Click Enable to enable such configuration click Disable to disable such configuration For NAT Usage Click this radio button to invoke NAT function For Routing Usage Click this radio button to invoke this function IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 DHCP sta
258. her HL 1070 PDF995 11 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and LPR name Configure Standard TCP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name IP_ 192 168 1 1 Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol Raw LPR Raw Settings LPR Settings e Queue Name CILPR Byte Counting Enabled C SNMP Status Enabled Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 14 Dr ay Te k The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www draytek com to find out the printer list Open Support gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server and click it About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Latest FAQ Basic 01 Best Solution for YVDSL 2011 09 13 Advanced 02 What types of 3 5G modem are compatible with Vigor router 2011 08 30 NAT 03 What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router 2011 06 08 VPN 04 How to Configure Dynamic DNS Service on Vigor 2130 2011 07 25 DHCP 05 What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router Fath ee S Wireless 06 What types of 3 5G cellphon
259. hite list In the Access Control web page users may configure the white black list modes used by each SSID and the MAC addresses applied to their lists Wireless LAN gt Access Control Access Control Enable Mac Address Filter Fl SSID i J SSID 2 O SSID 2 F SSID 4 MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Apply SSID Client s MAC Address gt z gt Apoly SSID O ssin1 O sstip2 O ssing O SSID 4 Attribute C s Isolate the station from LAN Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Mac Address Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN Filter identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively All the clients Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 272 Dray Te k expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 MAC Address Filter Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Client s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client Apply SSID After entering the client s MAC address check the box of the SSIDs desired to insert this MAC address into their access control list Attribute s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the
260. hrough a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization 1s required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor2850 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor2850 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSU
261. i E O E E 170 ae OVa O o EN 6 per E E E E 171 FIAP CANONS eeen a E E E 179 S DVA TIC DN ereraa E A 179 SRO E ON ON E A A A A E ues E E E E A A T A 182 IO RADIU e E ce gone ste asesaesasanestoasarsecesesvesasessemeess 184 3 9 4 LDAP Active Directory S tup ccccccceeeeeeceeeeeeesessesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesaaaaaaasseeeeeeeeeeeees 185 aS UU atresia zee ceteris macaauans rae E E E E E 186 AP oases rece a E saoereasesaesaedsoae deed acepuecastotaneaaadeaed aeeenenneberestoseseensten 188 ET Vie ONEAN pi cstcracctsa eaten a een Sous cease sh nestsccpaeinoare toe EE 189 3 98 Shorn Messag SEVICE unisens a a a 190 3 10 VPN and Remote ACCESS cccccscccccsseeeceesececseseeeseaeeecseeeeeseueesseageeessaneeessegeeeessageeeeas 192 3 10 11 VPN Client Wizard seccsakincencseseccespcertossmetsenceoenseyesteedonengeevaserietsasectededanenseestsereetincexeacies 192 310 2 VPN Server VVIZAN CT sivesirtisisasepciinsatiotcaticnnajaa etiunsnnstebue EA EAEE E 198 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide viii Dray Tek 3 10 3 Remote ACCESS Control c cccccecccceccececcececccecuccecuccccecececausecseaecueauaecsuaeseeaeeeeecaeeeees 202 3 10 4 PPP General Setup c ccccccccccseececeesscccesseseeeeessccesseeeeeesensscceeseesenesscccsseeseeeesescceesees 203 3 10 5 IPSec General SQtup cc cceccceccecccseesseeceeeeeseeeeeeeceeeeeseeaeseeeeeesssaeaaseeeeeeessssaesseseees 204 3 10 6 IPSec Peer ldentity ccccceseccccccsssecececeesececc
262. ides of the tunnels is the same the value of Auto Weighted should be 5 5 According to Speed Ratio allows user to adjust suitable rate manually There are 100 groups of rate ratio for Member1 Member2 range from 1 99 to Dr ay Tek 227 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide VPN Load Balance Policy Detail Information Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 99 1 Below shows the algorithm for Load Balance Edit Click this radio button for assign a blank table for configuring Binding Tunnel Insert after Click this radio button to adding a new binding tunnel table Tunnel Bind Table Index 128 Binding tunnel tables are provided by this device Specify the number of the tunnel for such Load Balance profile Active In active Delete can delete this binding tunnel table Active can activate this binding tunnel table Binding Dial Out Index Specify connection type for transmission by choosing the index LAN to LAN Profile Index for such binding tunnel table Scr IP Start End Specify source IP addresses as starting point and ending point Dest IP Start End Specify destination IP addresses as starting point and ending point Dest Port Start End Specify destination service port as starting point and ending point Protocol Any means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here such binding tunnel table can be established for TCP Service Po
263. igo O0al 21 O0a6 Fe 008963 O0aa 61 O0ad 2d O0ae 52 O0b2 32 00b3 33 0069 31 O0ba ot Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule DrayTek Banner Please uncheck this box and the ts Pn following screen will not be shown for the unre Vigor2850 Series User s Guide pS Dray Fy page The default setting is Enabled ek The requested Web page has been blocked by Web Content Filter te S en fe ee EEE E E ae een ere Jee en R ere E Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Foewell General Setup General Serup Cane Sahip otal Pole Call Files Enable Start Fitar Set Soi C Disable Data Filiai Enable Start fiver Set sel B a gt Fi
264. igure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week e m Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 3 9 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Destination Port 1612 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 184 Dray Te k Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that 1s used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be con
265. ikes s Google e HAE RE WAO MRED ILAMI 84H KH Search p F Go de T sip ale e The KAME project P a B ih e AE GIO BE The KAME project 1998 4 2006 3 Dancing kame by atelier momonga If you can see a turtle dancing on the screen that means IPv6 service is ready for you to access and utilize Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 332 Dray Tek 4 2 How can I get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router Files on USB storage device can be reviewed by opening USB Applicaiton gt gt File Explorer If it is necessary for you to delete copy files on the device or write paste files to the devcie it must be done through SAMBA server or FTP server Samba service is based on the original USB FTP service You will need to setup USB FTP first We would like to give brief instructions on USB FTP setup here 1 Plug the USB device to the USB port on the router Make sure Disk Connected appears on the Connection Status as the figure shown below USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk i WL Write Protect Statu Disk Capacity 2009 MB USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in
266. ilter License Status Noat Activated Authentication Message Activate via interface auto selected Activate WebFilter Service not activate 2010 06 16 OF 56 56 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Available settings are explained as follows Item Activate via Interface Activate Authentication Message Dray Tek Description Choose WAN interface used by such device for activating Web Content Filter Activate via interface auto selected w Ts The Activate link brings you accessing into www vigorpro com to finish the activation of the account and the router As for authentication information of web filter the process of authenticating will be displayed on this field for your reference 307 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Below shows the successful activation of Web Content Filter System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Activate Status Commtouch Start Date 2011 03 28 Expire Date 2011 04 27 Authentication Message WebFilter Activation authenticate fail O1 00 00 24 contact with supporthdraytek com Q00 O01 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog M Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Log Mail Alert Setup page If you
267. ilter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Activation Date JI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets 4 Setting confirmation page will be displayed as follows please click Next Service Activation Wizard Please confirm your settings Sevice Type Trial version Sevice Activated Web Content Filter Commtouch Please click Back to re select service type you to activate 5 Wait fora moment till the following page appears Service Activation Wizard Connection Succeeded Please check the following item s to enable services on your router Enable Web Content Filter When such page appears you can enable or disable these services for your necessity Then click Finish Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 36 Dray Te k Note The service will be activated and applied as the default rule configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup 6 Now the web page will display the service that you have activated according to your selecti
268. imes8 755 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 1 ttl 255 times8 697 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 2 ttl 255 time 716 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmo_seg 3 ttl 255 timesh 751 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 tcmp_seq 4 ttl 255 timesh 72 ms AE 192 168 1 1 ping statistics EF packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip minfgaygemax 0 697 6 7236 755 ms Vigoria draytekd fj 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Open WAN gt gt Internet Access page and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Click Details Page of WAN1 WAN72 to review the settings that you configured previously WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode WAN I ADSL PPPoE PPPoA Details Page WARS Ethernet Static or Dynamic IF w Details Page wan use 5 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection When you have trouble in using 3G network transmission please check the following Check if USB LED lights on or off You have to wait about 15 seconds after inserting 3G USB Modem into your Vigor2850 Later the USB LED will light on which means the installation of USB Modem is successful If the USB LED does not light on please remove and reinsert the modem again If it still fails restart Vigor2850 USB LED lights on but the network connection does not work Check the PIN Code of SIM card is disabled or not Please use the utility of 3G USB Modem to disab
269. in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information 249 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Packet Size 20ms 20ms Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 250 Dray Te k 3 12 3 Phone Settings This page allows user to set phone settings for Phone 1 and Phone 2 respectively However it changes slightly according to different model you have VoIP gt gt Phone Settings RTP Port Call Feature Tone Gain Mic Speaker Default SIP Account DTMF Relay Phonel CW CT User Defined 5 5 QutBand Phone CW OCT User Defined 575 DutBand O Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start Dynamic ETP Port End ETF TOS 10050 15000 IP precedence 5 w oroo O Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Phone List RTP Description Port there are two phone ports provided here for you to configure Phonel Phone2 allows you to set general settings for PSTN phones Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain Display the volume gain settings
270. ing is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages Upload Check the box to block the file upload by way of web page File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously for passing or blocking the file downloading File Extension Profile Mone 163 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 7 3 Web Content Filter Profile There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation Service Activation Wizard allows you to use trial
271. inndishteaedosctuviavannacadedenakaiesueuattesdanssesdedesaesinons 19 2 3 QUICK Start WIZAIG scsiincssswonstenocecsmedsnnasinnssninnnentondsiinnnadsensssnciidijmusvanoacleestatetasdasuassinessbonsianntaiinamis 20 2a Ol VAIN ADSLVDSE airan E E 21 2 3 2 FOr WANZ EINGINGl evesisvecndcetiowaventansiavesiaivandentvennssdevedsueatssennsentvensbvarsneydansionnevaslousvcansvauivs 26 23 3 Por WANS USB sensen E E a 34 2 4 Service Activation WIZAarC cccccceeesceccccecceseeeseeccceccaeeesseeceesessaaesseeceeeeesseaeseeeeeeesseuaageeseeeneees 35 2 IN UNS E tater narra astau ences E E neces A E E 38 2 5 1 Physical COMMOCHOM cise cde cescentnncsedaceesuatacsessedecnceonadacesiacnsacsndess le Setssudewodedcdetaueripesds vedivelens 38 2 52 W WUD VIN e A E A 40 2O ND E e eee ee nee ene eter eee es ee ee ee en ee 41 2D Oe US e e E E E 41 20A D EOE a E E 41 Fo VO L SN a E E R 42 2 Davind ONIN AMO enesesse n ei Tna aibida ara 42 20 FRCONS CII OI Vigor ROUTO an A a i 43 Wep GOnMOUGAION sair EE 47 OM WEIN e E E T E E E 47 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N tWOrk cccceccceseeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeseeeeeeseaesessaneeesaaees 47 om fea General elU 0 eee ene eee ee 49 3 1 3 Internet ACCESS ccccccccssscecceseeecceseeeceeuseeeseueeecsaececsauseeeseaseessaseeeesaueeesssseeesseseeessanseees 55 Ce alta cal eee ne en ee re E 77 eo UML LPN e sis sts ion ete cise ve ci E EE nome eld ee cea EE 81 3 1 6 Load Balance Policy ccccc
272. ion method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data 203 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Mutual Authentication The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to PAP communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Assigned IP Start Enter a start IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address You can configure up to four start IP addresses for LAN 3 10 5 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and
273. ion the destination URL if requested by the user will be guided automatically by the router Alert Tool If it is selected the user can open Alert Tool and type the user name and password for authentication A 137 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide window with remaining time of connection for such user will be displayed Next the user can access Internet through any browser on Windows Note that Alert Tool can be downloaded from DrayTek web site Telnet If it is selected the user can use Telnet command to perform the authentication job Landing Page When a user tries to access into the web configurator of Vigor router series with the user name and password specified in this profile he she will be lead into the web page configured in Landing Page field in User Management gt gt General Setup Check this box to enable such function Enable Time Quota Time quota means the total connection time allowed by the router for the user with such profile Check the box to enable the function of time quota The first box displays the remaining time of the network connection The second box allows to type the number of time unit 1s minute which is available for the user using such profile to access Internet Refresh Click this button to recalculate the time quota Add Click this box to set the time quota for such profile Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the sch
274. ion in which the second channel will be activated With the first connected channel if its utilization exceeds the High Water Mark and such a channel is being used over the High Water Time the additional channel will be activated Thus the total link speed will be 128kbps two B channels Low Water Mark and Low Water Time These parameters specify the situation in which the second channel will be dropped In terms of the two B channels if their utilization is under the Low Water Mark and these two channels are being used over the High Water Time the additional channel will be dropped As a result the total link speed will be 64kbps one B channel 3 14 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models only 3 14 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired
275. is radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 70 Dray Tek Details Page for PPP in WAN3 To use PPP for 3G USB Modem as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPP mode for WAN2 The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 3 3G USB Modem IPvb 3G Modem O Enable Disable Modem Initial String Default ATRFEOV1X18D28C1S0 0 Modem Initial Stringz Modem Dial String Default ATOT 99 COMA ATDOT 777 TO SCDOMA ATDT 98 14 PPP Username o o O Optional PPP Password 0 ptionaty PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Indexf1 15 in Schedule Setup WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect TTL Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Disable SIM PIN code Modem Initial String APN Name Modem Initial String2 Modem Dial String Dray Tek Description Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN means Acce
276. isplays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request Dray Tek 173 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WANI Online Statistics Pefresh Interval seconds Retresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec 1 OT 25 0 2 OWT 2535 0 3 OJT 25 0 4 DIT Others 25 0 Outbound Status Others o 5 10 Eps General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN2 General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 25 lee Class 2 25 l Class 3 25 lam Others 25 be LJ Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_band
277. ium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP ooo From first subnet to remote network you have to do Remote Network IP 192 168 2 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 toei Netware E 192 168 11 l Change default route to this WPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Cy More Settings in Router B in the remote office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP When DHCP Disable set Authentication Assigned IP range 192 166 2 200 Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No PAP or CHAP Optional MPPE OK For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec G
278. ive Mode Send SMS if the drops out Send Mail Alert if line drops out Active Mode Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface In such WAN interface no type can be selected If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Choose Always On to make the WAN3 connection being activated always Alw a Vv Z B n Backup Use the drop down list to choose one of the profiles which will be used to notify the administrator when the network connection is off Check the box to enable this function When the network connection is off the system will send a mail alert to notify the administrator Choose Always On to make the WAN2 connection being activated always Always On Alw Vv Z D n Backug 54 Dray Tek Backup Type If you choose Backup as the Active Mode Backup Type will appear Please specify which WAN will be treated as the Backup WAN Active Mode Backup Type Only if acting as backup for multiple WAN Wah 1O Wan 2O WAN 3 When any of selected WAN disconnect O when all of selected WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated when
279. ixxs net Subnet Prefix 2001 4DD0 FFO00 8805 2 Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful the physical connection will be shows as follows Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 3 59 17 IPv4 IPv6 ILAN Status IP Address 2001 haieta FFU a805 HH JFFF FELE 7EEO 64 Global TX Packets RX Fackets TX Bytes RX Bytes 2 5 824 26402 91147 WAN IPv6 Status Enable Up Time Yes 3 58 58 IP Gateway IP 2001 4DD0 FF00 805 2 64 Global FE80 4CD0 FF00 805 2 64 Link TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 11 2585 744 428661 Dray Te K 327 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide DHCPv6 Client Choose DHCPV6 Client Click one of the identity associations and type the IAID number WAN gt Internet Access WAN PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv Internet Access Mode Connection Type DHCPv6 Client DHCP v6 Client Configuration Identity Association Prefix Delegation Non temporary Address IAID Identity Association ID 3636 OK Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful the physical connection will be shows as follows Online Status Physical Connection IPv4 IPv6 System Uptime 0 21 38 LAN Status IP Address 2001 8010 7300 701 250 7FFF FEEA 7EEO 64 Global FE8O 250 7FFF FEEA 7EE0 64 Link TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 32 ili 3176 15656 WAN IPv6 Status gt Drop
280. k categories must be smaller however the difference between AC BE and AC BK categories must be greater Txop It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC VI and AC VO that need higher priorities in data transmission please set greater value for them to get highest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 ACM It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is checked Note Vigor2920 provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification AckPolicy Uncheck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability 3 14 9 AP Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN
281. king Enable Secure Phone and Enable SAS Voice Prompt then 1 After the connection established vigor router A will send SAS voice prompt to A and vigor router B will send the SAS voice prompt to B 2 Then the RTP traffic is secured until the call ends 3 If vigor router A wants to call vigor router B again next time both A and B will not hear any voice prompt again even checking Enable SAS Voice Prompt on web UI It means only the first call between them will have voice prompt Enable SAS Voice Prompt for ex if vigor router A calls vigor router B with checking Enable Secure Phone but not Enable SAS Voice Prompt then 1 After the connection established vigor router A will NOT send SAS voice prompt to vigor router A and vigor router B will NOT send the SAS voice prompt to vigor router B 2 Even no voice prompt but the RTP traffic is still secured until the call ends Note If the incoming or outgoing calls do not match any entry on the phonebook the router will try to make the call being protected But if the call ends up unprotected e g peer side does not support ZRTP SRTP the router will not play out a warning message Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 236 Dray Tek Phone Book In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your frie
282. l working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www DrayTek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www DrayTek com iv Dray Tek European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road Hukou Township Hsinchu Industrial Park Hsinchu County Taiwan 303 Product Vigor2850 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor2850 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information F
283. l Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity IPSec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active 218 Dray Tek Dray Tek Gre over IPSec Settings TCP IP Network Settings High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES The callback function provides a callback service only for the ISDN LAN to LAN connection this feature is useful for i model only The remote user will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Enable Callback Function Enables the callback function Use the Following Number to Callback Check it to use the following parameters for Callback Function Callback Number The option is for extra security Once enabled the router will ONLY call back to the specified Callback Number Callback Budget Specify the time budget for the dial in user The budget will be decreased automatically per callback connection The default value 0 means no limitation of callback period Enable PSec Dial Out function GRE ov
284. l appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet 33 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 2 3 3 For WAN3 USB 1 Choose WAN3 as WAN Interface Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface Physical Mode USB Physical Type 2 Then click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface Wy ATS Physical Mode Internet Access DHCP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router 3 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 4 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 34 Dray Tek 2 4 Service Activation Wizard Service Activation Wizard can guide you to activate WCF service Web Content Filter with a quick and easy way For the Service Activation Wizard is only available for admin operation therefore please type admin admin on Username Password while Logging into the web configurator Service Activation Wizard is a tool which allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server MyVigor located on http myvigor draytek com For using Web Content Filter Profile please refer to later s
285. lational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone port specified in the following window Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous Enable Route C Phonei LJ Phones Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID For Block Unknown Domain this function can block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules Dray Te k 241 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain Enable Route C Phonei L Phonez Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note If the domain of the incoming call is different from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 22 Dray Tek For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address Enable Route C Phonei Phone Indext1 15 in Schedule Setup Note The incoming calls by means of IP dialing 2 g 4192 168 1 145 should be blocked
286. ld for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting Call Waiting Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the call waiting tone The smaller the number is the louder the tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose DTMF mode InBand InEand QutBand RF C2833 SIP INFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone 255 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy
287. le 48312 or Ox4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example O123456789abpc or Ox30351352335343556373839414243 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 270 Dray Te k Mode There are several modes provided for you to choose Disable w Note You should also set RADIUS Server simultaneously if 802 1x mode is selected Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WEP 802 1x Only Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA2 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol Mixed WPA WPA2 802 1x only Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA The WPA encrypt
288. le PIN code and try again If it still fails it might be the compliance problem of system Please open DrayTek Syslog Tool to capture the connection information WAN Log and send the page similar to the following graphic to the service center of DrayTek Dray Te k 375 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide fi DimyTek Syslog Controis 192 68 1 1 e WAN Status F gt 3 Getway IP Static TX Packets RY Rate DrayTek Vigor a a LAN Stetue TX Packets RX Packets WAM IP Static X Packets Ts Rata 642 z507 0 d Fre Wall Low YEH Log Ur Acces Log Call Log WAN Log Network Infomation Net State Tore Host Messner Apr 12 00 17 49 Vigor WANI PRPoE lt Protocol LCPiet21 waa IdenbierOs03 ACM Oba Auth Apr 1209 17 49 Fagor 20 JModem sina 2000 00 00 OO 02 O00 Apr 12 09 17 49 WANZ FFFoE gt Protocol LCPic021 Confen Identifier 0 00 HRU 1300 ACCE Apr 120 1749 i WAN FPPoE lt 1 T 1 PADS IDO Apr 1203 17 43 Fs 23 JModem respons CONNECT 200000 Apr 1208 17 49 ri ColModem samsa 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 Apr 120 1749 i 30 Modem atal 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 Apr 1203 1749 Pago 2G Mcdem dal ATDT oe Apr 12 03 17 49 Fs WANZ FPPoE gt 1 T 1 PADR IDO Apr 12 00 17 49 gor WANS FPPoE 1 T 1 FADO IDO Apr 1203 17 43 age gde ma OR Apr 1208 1749 igor aatake A TAPEOWIX LSD adit iSi Aor 1209 17 43 55 Transmission Rate is not fast enough Please connect your Notebook with 3G USB Mode
289. le or group profile existed Create New User or Create New Group item will appear for you to click to create a new one 126 Dray Tek Dray Tek APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to select please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content
290. lete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x Dray Te k 265 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wire
291. ll support Each profile can be used in different VDSL deployment architectures The working profile will be decided by CO side Dray Tek Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Choose one of the items as the G hs Carrier Set Each set will have different frequency indices and maximum power level for data in upstream and downstream G hs Carrier Set As line conditions change bit swapping allows the modem to swap bits around different channels without retraining as each channel becomes more or less capable Bit Swap After finished the above settings simply click OK to save them 2 6 3 VDSL Debug Such feature can offer a system log while encountering the compatibility problem for VDSL connection Simply click the Generate button The system will generate the log for connection procedure Later you can save the log by clicking Export and send the information to DrayTek service center VDSL gt gt VDSL Status Auto refresh VDSL Debug log not found Debug Log DownLoad 2 7 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ss Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 42 Dray Te k 2 8 Registering Vigor Router You have finished the configuration of Quick Start Wizard and you can surf
292. m to test the connection speed to verify if the problem is caused by Vigor2850 In addition please refer to the manual of 3G USB Modem for LED Status to make sure if the modem connects to Internet via HSDPA mode If you want to use the modem indoors please put it on the place near the window to obtain better signal receiving 5 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Such function is available in Admin Mode only Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Such function is available in Admin Mode only Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 376 Dray Tek System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idl
293. make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List Index Start IP End IP TX limit REX limit Shared specific Limitation startwe end s O Each OShared TX Limit RX Limit O LJ Smart Bandwidth Limit For any LAN IP Not in Limitation List when session number exceeds Note For TX RX a setting of 0 means unlimited bandwidth Time Schedule Indexf 1 15 in Schedule Setup a Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Bandwidth Limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Vigor2850 Series User s Guide IP Routed Subnet Check this box to apply the bandwidth limit to the second subnet specified in LAN gt gt General Setup Disable Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Default TX limit Define the default speed of the upstream 170 Dray Tek for each computer in LAN Default RX limit Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN Allow auto adjustment Check this box to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Specific Limitation Start IP Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth End IP Define
294. mation will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW O Draytek OQU RD emailla Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request HITBsj CCaArRsc sp anUDELNaARGaALUEBhNCVYVFcREDAGORGNVE AOTBORYYELOSZUSsxCe ad BqNVEASTALIEMS IwlaYJ Kose lhvcNaQkeFAN ec kIJ2aWWN locRyYxXlOeWsuYe SeMIGt MAOGCS G5 Ibs DOEBAGCUAASGNADCBIiOERBGODPiocahu gFOaYvBlceSoOERSDf oUknIdH blolktycTALUDPaFkb6s68d3 woegytoViLBd 22 IDFOxe xb6ip rev leftuntTsq41lgZz6ok frGhuVTEdS46PlernkPTdu 4c2 sc uBaMNDp4avscevms yD4ShLAjdxVYPWpHEVIrotT2 Re JERMAHEWpYpulDaAQaABboCivliaydKog LhycWN aAQkOMRMWETAPRGQNYHREECDAGHWTA qGaEqQMagccs acs Ins DOEBROUALIAGRABAS O4NGnodar ludBatTeoltso tiwNbZktfEes ikisNdzUoUEnKce 7e0ndc HesaVvbie 3 ACEI peTPFReqklbefoTatvEs7 0VhbWagha GqeJ9try qe fyhCcrSs 7RULPN1HeefoTand M DLEPGEn PWCho LovsJHrvVkC2 HAW JEEJE imo Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 232 Dray Te k 3 11 2 Trusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 View Trusted CA 2 lew Delete Trusted C4 3 lew Delete IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to
295. me as an identifier While in authentication the LDAP server will use some parameters of the account as the common name for identification In general such field shall be typed with cn or uid It means Base Distinguished Name Type or edit the distinguished name used to look up entries on the LDAP server 185 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 9 5 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Available settings are explained
296. ment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery o
297. more detailed configurations Available settings are explained as follows Item Go to the VPN Connection Management Do another VPN Description Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Connection status Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Server Wizard Setup through VPN Server Wizard View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration configuration 3 10 3 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup O Enable PPTP VPN Service Enable IPSec VPN Service Enable L2TP VPN Service Enable ISDN Dial In Note If you intend running a VPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through Vigor2850 Series User s Guide as well as the appropriate NAT settings 202 Dray Tek 3 10 4 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address As
298. mp or humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnorma
299. n Idle Timeout Description Check to enable the schedule Specify the starting date of the schedule Specify the starting time of the schedule Specify the duration or period for the schedule Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule 183 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Example Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office 11 We 11 i 1 10 2 10 2 Hour a h Force On E 5 7 5 Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Conf
300. n Multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 P1 to P4 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 188 Dray Tek 3 9 7 Wake on LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake on LAN WOL of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac address YY Result Oo Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Wake by Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address MAC Addr
301. n the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Use LAN Port Specify an IP for IP Route Subnet If it is enabled DHCP server will assign IP address automatically for the clients coming from P1 and or P2 Please check the box of P1 and P2 Use MAC Address Check such box to specify MAC address MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Add Type the MAC address in the boxes and click this button to add Delete Click it to delete the selected MAC address Edit Click it to edit the selected MAC address Cancel Click it to cancel the job of adding deleting and editing Dr ay Tek 95 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 2 3
302. nable box in the front of the MAC address after typing If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function 278 Dray Tek 3 14 7 Advanced Setting This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode channel bandwidth guard interval and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission Wireless LAN gt gt Advanced Setting HT Physical Mode Operation Mode Mixed Mode Green Field Channel Bandwidth 20 20 40 Guard Interval long auto Aggregation MSDU A MSDU Disable Enable OK Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Operation Mode Mixed Mode the router can transmit data with the ways supported in both 802 1 1a b g and 802 1 1n standards However the entire wireless transmission will be slowed down if 802 11g or 802 11b wireless client is connected Green Field to get the highest throughput please choose such mode Such mode can make the data transmission happening between 11n systems only In
303. name provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP Require ISP Callback CBCP If your ISP supports the callback function check this box to activate the Callback Control Protocol during the PPP negotiation Scheduler 1 15 Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the Internet access according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section Applications gt gt Schedule for detailed configuration Item Description ISP Access Setup and so on your ISP PPP MP Setup Link Type There are three link types provided here for different purpose Link Disable disables the ISDN Vigor2850 Series User s Guide dial out function Dialup 64Kbps allows you to use one ISDN B channel for Internet access Dialup 128Kbps allows you to use both ISDN B channels for Internet access Dialup BOD for detailed information of configuration please refer to section 3 13 4 stands for bandwidth on demand The router will use only one B channel in low traffic situations Once the single B channel bandwidth is fully used the other B channel will be activated automatically through the dialup For more detailed BOD parameter settings please refer to the section of Call Control PPP Authentication PAP only allows you to configure the PPP session to use the PAP protocol to negotiate the username and password with the ISP PAP or CHAP is to configure the PPP session to use the PAP or CHAP protocols to negotiate the usern
304. nd Prompt Microsoft Windows AFP Version 5 1 2688 lt C gt Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings fae ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum ms Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear If the line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For MacOs Terminal 1 2 3 4 Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 374 Dr ay Tek 806 Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jan 3 B2 24 16 on ttypl Welcome ta Darwin Vigorla draytekd ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 tcmp_seq 6 ttl 255 t
305. nds and family members SIP addresses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor2850Vn for setting the phone book VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Phone Display Dial Out CAU Secure Index SIP URL Loop through Fhone Status number Hame Account Phone Number 1 Default None None x 2 Default None None x 3 Default None None x 4 Default None None x 5 Default None None x 6 Default None None x 15 Default None None x 16 Default None None x 1r Default None None x 15 Default None None x 19 Default None None x 20 Default None None x lt lt 120 27140 41 60 gt gt Next Status vw Active x Inactive Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Display Name Polly SIP URL 1112 fwd pulver com Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number fs Secure Phone None v None i ZRTIP 5RIP veer Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Click this to enable this entry Phone Number The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and Dray Tek 237 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number Secure Phone The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lo
306. nds for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP chent It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Enable Relay Agent If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 1st IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 93 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway Details Page for IP Routed Subnet LAN gt General Setup TCP IP and DHCP Setup for IP Routed Subnet Network Configuration DHC
307. nfirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile Gerson al Information Draytek provides MyVigor my vigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyVigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the items without any reasons It is E Preferences suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use Myvigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement please stop using My Vigor service completion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service DrayTe k 363 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 5 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile Fiekis marked by are required Account Information GaAareement UserName Mary 3 20 characters Check Account Password Iowa aves i Ce 4 20 chatacters Do not set the same as the username Confirm Password ccoo Personal Information E Preterences First Name
308. ngle VPN Tunnel off line The content in Member1 2 within VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile is similar to dial out profile configured in LAN to LAN web page VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile will process and handle everything unless it is off line once it is activated Time for activating VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile After finishing the connection for one tunnel the other tunnel will dial out automatically within two seconds Therefore you can choose any one of members under VPN Load Balance for dialing out Time for activating VPN TRUNK Dial out when VPN Load Balance Disconnected For there is one Tunnel created and connected successfully to keep the load balance effect between two tunnels auto dial will be executed within two seconds To close two tunnels of load balance after connecting please click Disable for Status in General Setup field How can you set a VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile 1 First of all go to VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Set two or more LAN to LAN profiles first that will be used for Member and Member2 If you do not set enough LAN to LAN profiles you cannot operate VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile management well 2 Access into VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management 3 Set one group of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism backup profile by choosing Enable radio button ty
309. ngs are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 5 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright ACT Drey Tek w Wireless LAN i ON OFFIWPS ACT WLAN Line e Q USB ADSL Phonet Factory 2 OO l Reset WAN2 VDSL Phone2 Phone1 2 Li 3 Ifnot it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again Dray Tek 371 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows I 2 3 The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www DrayTek com Go to Control Panel and then doubl
310. number MSN Numbers mean that the router is able to accept only number matched incoming calls In addition local ISDN 258 Dray Tek Router network provider should support MSN services The router provides ten fields for MSN numbers Note that MSN service must be acquired from your local telecom operators By default MSN function is disabled If you leave the fields blank all incoming calls will be accepted without number matching 1 10 fields Fill in the portion that is different with the own number For example the own number is 1234567 and MSN numbers are 1234550 1234517 and 1234582 respectively You can type in 1234567 in the filed of own number Fill in 50 17 and 67 on the fields of 1 2 and 3 one by one without typing 12345 3 13 3 Dial to a Single Dual ISPs Select Dialing to a Single ISP if you access the Internet via a single ISP ISON gt Dialing to a Single ISP Single ISP ISP Access Setup ISP Name Po PO Cl Require ISP callback CBCP Index 1 155 in Schedule Setup Dial Number Username Password PPP MP Setup Link Type Dialup BOD w PPP Authentication PAF or CHAP Idle Timeout 180 second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fized IP Address Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek ISP Name Enter your ISP name such as Seednet Hinet Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by Username Enter the user
311. ode Physical Type Line Speed Kpbs VLAN Tag insertion ADSL VLAN Tag insertion VDSL Send SMS if line drops out Send Mail Alert if line drops out Dray Tek Display the physical mode of such interface If VDSL is detected this field will display VDSL if ADSL is detected it will display ADSL It allows you to specify which physical connection is used Once the mode is specified the router will not detect physical mode automatically whenever powering up the router For such interface no type can be selected If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode in previous page please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps The settings configured in this field are available for VDSL only Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the WAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by WANI Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag Tag value Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range 1s form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 The settings configured in this field are available for VDSL only Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the WAN while sending them
312. odepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box Faf DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 197 168 1 1 lt 1 WAN Information WON IF Fixed e ee ala alele LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets waz IP Fixed 26459 15285 Tool Setup Telnet Read outSetup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE O50 ANSIMEM Traditional Chinese Big O0al 21 00a6 7c 008963 O0aa 61 O0ad 2d O0ae 54 00b2 32 00b3 33 00b9 31 O0ba bt Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources 121 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default Set Comments Set Comments la Default Call Filter f 2s Default Data Filter t 3 z4 4 10 J 11 b 12 To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Fire
313. odify or change the content of the tems without any reasons tt is suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement please stop using Myvigor service 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 3 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fields marked by are required Gasreement Account Information i UserName Mary Check Account 3 20 characters seee Password fs B e 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username Confirm Password sooo Personal Information First Name Mary Last Name Ted Company Name Tech Ltd H p Email Address mary ted techcom Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 a Country SWITZERLAND v Career Supervisor vj 4 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue
314. ogn CUStOmMiI ZIUN sesmaria a E REEE Na IES 296 3 16 6 Configuration Backup cccceccccccceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeessaeeeseeeeeeeessuaaseeseeeesessaaegeses 297 921627 Syslog Mall Aler rsisi nunen ia i a iiaa 299 3 16 8 Time and Date esti essecnwessnacusienntenmueneninawwiaiimammmeutituange siwsilcunincawansieenstaaieeswuasinvnimentaamsaeensnas 302 3 16 9 WVIAC CIM CIO esnin a o aea Aena 303 3 16 10 Reboot SySte cccccccsccccsseeeceeeeseeccssseneeeeeeccccasseeeeenscccosseseeeeeessccosseeseeeenessccesees 305 3 16 11 Firmware Upgrade cccccccceccceccseseeceeeeeeeeceeeseeeeeeeesseaseeeeeseeeeeessseaeeeesessaaeseeeesaaaass 306 3 16 12 ACTIVATION 200 ceeccccceeccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeneseeeeeeaeeesseaeeeeseaeeeseaeeessaaeessaseeessaueeessageeesneeseeeneaaes 307 Dray Te k ix Vigor2850 Series User s Guide ML TVA OS IGS E EEE E E E E A 309 SIAN D FOU O OCH E E A E EA EEEE 309 Ire RONG TAD ee A E EA A caustakwarentoeedoaenteacnh tant iuastaatnbcadaue 310 SILS ARP Cae TapE A ee eee T 310 3 17 4 IPv6 Neighbour Table iicsesisiscsanitcunecsassaussuanceubesdansinbeonssaurisnsintsiareucsuscianansaucaiavniattandemesdad 311 A DACP TIO e E ecco ntenetosa aces E E EA 312 3 146 NAT 96591005 1 AO 6 eissaia na e aaa aE 313 i UAH AC OGIG e E E E E 314 ee Dala FOW MONIO eninin a a EE R i AE ERER 315 SIAS T a D ee E E E AEE E E E E 317 SATA EE E e P A EEA sind T EEE T E O E P T EE T ETE 318 3 17 11 Web Firewall SySlOg icssccesccsss
315. on PIN Code Type the code for authentication e g 1234 Secret Use the 32 digit secret number generated by mOTP in the mobile phone e g e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6 This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined 210 Dray Tek Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity IPSec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This
316. on s The valid time for the free trial of these services is one month Service Activation Wizard Server Enabled DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Web Content filter 2010 10 27 2010 11 27 Commtouch Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router update your signature again is recommended Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Later if you need to extend the license valid time for the same service you can also use the Service Activation Wizard again to reach your goal by clicking the radio button of Formal edition with license Key and clicking Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Formal edition with license key Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate Please choose the item you want to use WCF service Web Content Filter Commtouch Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch dfferated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF Package from retailing outlets Enter your License key Activation Date 2010 11 02 select CII have read and accept the above Agreement Please check
317. or your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task eesecessesesossccoscesecessesosocsesecoesesossesososocseseesseossososocoecesessseessesesossesesossssossosessesoesseescesssesesosseseseesseossesssossosssscssesssesesossesesesssesssessea O Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 360 Dray Tek 2 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO CHO HAO ROBE IAM HAW a Qr O HAG Pus ka An OLL FED http 172 16 2 179 certsrvicertcare asp yrz ta msn i B ORI PHBH AES X HERA 019 oo Hotmail X Mesenger A RAI MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer to trust certificates issued from this certification authority tis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choose file to download CA Ce
318. orage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USE Disk Write Protect Status Na Disk Capacity 2009 MB Free Capacity 1610 ME Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Service IP Address Port Username FTF 192 168 1 10 1963 userl Now users in LAN of Vigor2710 can access into the USB storage device by typing ftp 192 168 1 1 on any browser They can add or remove files directories depending on the Access Rule for FTP account settings in USB Application gt gt USB User Management Dray Te k 335 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 4 3 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address Router A Internet Router B 220 135 240 208 220 135 240 210 Remote Branch Office Headquarter 192 168 2 0 192 168 1 0 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP Gener
319. ork Settings WAM IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically Modem Settings for ADSL only Channel 2 Multi PC channel Encapsulation Domain Name A 1483 Bridged IP LLC w Required for some SPs Specify an IP address Gateway IP Address fs WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect Default MAC Address Ping IF Specify a MAC Address TTL MacC Address loo Eo ze lea rE cs RIP Protocol DNS Server IP Address C Enable RIP Primary IP Address f Secondary IP Address f Bridge Mode LJ Enable Bridge Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Disable Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Modem Settings for Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These ADSL only settings configured here are specified for ADSL only Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access gt gt Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen Encapsulating Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 60 Dray Tek Dray Tek ISDN Dial Backup Setup WAN Connection Detection RIP Protocol Modulation Default setting is Multimode Choose the
320. ost 106 Dray Tek Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Allow management from the Internet Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default 23 C FTP Server HTTP Part sc Default 80 HTTP Serwer eo HTTPS Port 445 HTTPS Server Default 443 Telnet Server FTP Port Default 21 LJ SSH Server SSH Part Default 22 Disable PING from the Internet SNMP Setup Access List CO Enable SNMP Agent i 2 3 Subnet Mask seconds Get Community Set Community Manager Hast IP Trap Community Notification Host IP Trap Timeout 3 3 2 DMZ Host Dray Tek As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP
321. oth IPv4 and IPv6 techniques at the same time That means adding an IPv6 stack on the origin network layer to let the host own the communication capability of IPv4 and IPv6 Tunnel Both IPv6 hosts can communication for each other via existing IPv4 network environment The IPv6 packets will be encapsulated with the header of IPv4 first Later the packets will be transformed and judged by IPv4 router Once the packets arrive the border between IPv4 and IPv6 the header of IPv4 on the packets will be removed Then the packets with IPv6 address will be forwarded to the destination of IPv6 network Translation Such feature is active only for the user who uses IPv4 to communicate with other user using IPv4 service Before configuring the settings on Vigor2850 you need to know which connection type that your IPv6 service used I Configuring the WAN Settings For the IPv6 WAN settings for Vigor2850 there are five connection types to be chosen PPP TSPC AICCU DHCPv6 Client and Static IPv6 1 Access into the web configurator of Viogr2850 Open WAN gt gt Internet Access Choose one of the WAN interfaces as the one supporting IPv6 service Then click the IPv6 button of the selected WAN WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI ADSL VDSL PPPoE PPPoA Details Page WAN2 Ethernet PPPoE Is WAN3 USB None f stails Pac Dray Te k 32
322. outer will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation 1s IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate
323. p You can type in four sets of time schedule for performing system reboot All the schedules can be set previously in Applications gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click Reboot Now To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click Reboot Now to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future Dray Te k 305 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 16 11 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www DrayTek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp DrayTek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility System Maintenance gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file PT ii Click U
324. p time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status ils g H 2 10 H 3 11 Fs 4 4 12 x F 13 Fs 6 H 14 rd f Fs 15 H a H Status v Active x Inactive Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 182 Dray Te k You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule please click any index say Index No 1 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index 1 are shown below Dray Tek Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 Start Date Cyyyy mm dd4 Start Time Chh men ovo Duration Time hh min Action Idle Timeout How Often once Weekdays Force On ka bo minute s max 255 0 for default C Sun Mon Tue wed Thu Fri EJ Sat Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Schedule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mm Actio
325. pe a name for such profile e g 071023 choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member drop down list choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member2 drop down list and click Add at last General Setup Status Enable Disable Profile Name 071023 Memberi Please choose the combination that you vant Member2 Please choose the combination that you want eee lease choose the combination that you want Attribute Mode No lt Name gt Connection Type gt VENH ServerlP Private Network gt 1 To A PlaceIPSec 192 168 2 25 20 20 20 0 2 To B Site IPSec 192 168 2 26 20 20 21 0 Add Edit Delete 4 Take a look for LAN to LAN profiles Index 1 is chosen as Member index 2 is chosen as Member2 For such reason LAN to LAN profiles of 1 and 2 will be expressed in red to indicate that they are fixed If you delete the VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Dray Tek 225 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Balance mechanism profile the selected LAN to LAN profiles will be released and expressed in black VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Index Name Status LL To A Place f To B Site cE To C place Y 4 To D Site How can you set a GRE over IPSec profile l Zz Please go to LAN to LAN to set a profile with IPSec If the router will be used as the VPN Server 1 e with virtual address 192 168 50 200 Please type 192 168 50 200 in the field of My GRE IP
326. pecify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 120 Dray Tek Dray Tek Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI1252 Latin ha Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a c
327. pgrade to upload the file TFITP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 6 2 RC1 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running Do you want to upgrade firmware lll hal an Click OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade A TFTF server is running Please execute a Firmware Upgrade Utility software to upgrade router s firmware This server will be closed by itself when the firmware upgrading finished For the detailed information about firmware update please go to Chapter 5 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 306 Dray Te k 3 16 12 Activation There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation After you have finished the setting profiles for WCF refer to Web Content Filter Profile it is the time to activate the mechanism for your computer Click System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation to open the following page for accessing http myvigor draytek com System Maintenance gt gt Activation Web F
328. ping through Use the drop down list to choose the protocol that you want to ping through It indicates the IP address of the host It indicates the IPv6 address of the host Click this button to start route tracing work Click this link to remove the result on the window 319 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 17 11 Web Firewall Syslog Such page provides real time syslog and displays the information on the screen For Web Syslog This page displays the time and message for User Firewall call WAN VPN settings You can check Enable Web Syslog specify the type of Syslog and choose the display mode you want Later the event of Syslog with specified type will be shown for your reference USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog L Enable Web Syslog Time USB Syslog Refresh Clear Syslog Type Display Mode Stop record when fulls w Message Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Web Syslog Syslog Type Refresh Clear Display Mode Time Message Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Check this box to enable the function of Web Syslog Use the drop down list to specify a type of Syslog to be displayed User Click this link to refresh this page manually Click this link to clear information on this page There are two modes for you to choose otop record when fulls w Stoo record when fulls Always record the new event Stop record when fulls
329. plained as follows Item Description Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Dray Tek 321 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 18 External Devices This page allows you to enable or disable the function of detecting external devices External Devices C External Device Auto Discovery External Devices Connected Below shows available devices that connected externally For security reason If you have changed the administrator password on External Device please click the Account button to retype new username and password Otherwise the router will be unable to monitor the External Device device properly Click the Clear button to Clear the off line information and account information Available settings are explained as follows Item Description External Device Auto Check this box to detect the external device automatically and display on this page Discovery 322 Dray Tek Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Application and Examples 4 1 How to configure settings for IPv6 Service in Vigor2850 Due to the shortage of IPv4 address more and more countries use IPv6 to solve the problem However to continually use the original rich resources of IPv4 both IPv6 and IPv4 networks shall communicate for each other via intercommunication mechanism to complete the shifting job from IPv4 to IPv6 gradually At present there are three common types of intercommunication mechanisms Dual Stack The user can use b
330. ple based on IPv4 of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Internet Set Router C Static Route 192 16 Router 5 uter B 192 158 1 2 Gateway 192 168 1 1 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 98 Dr ay Te k 1 Goto LAN page and click General Setup select 1st Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on Ist Subnet The first 1s that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the Ist subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets 2 Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a st
331. pt the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 146 Dr ay Tek 3 6 4 IPv6 Group This page allows you to bind several IPv6 objects into one IPv6 group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IPvo Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name SERB REBrPrPrPrPEePe ee ee e ee ee u u SFEBBRBEEBEBRBEBEEER Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IPv6 Group Profile Index 1 Available IPv6 Objects Selected IPvb Objects of Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Dray Tek 147 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Name allowed Available IPv6 Objects Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are All the available IPv6 objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected Pv6 Objects 3 6 5 Service Type Object Click gt gt button to add the selected IPv6 objects in this box You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Index Name FeEEBREBYPrePrPFeEReE a Md at 33 54 65 96 gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Set to Factory Default
332. r Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared key Confirm Pre Shared key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES Mapes M AES Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Go to Remote Dial In User Click on one index number to edit a profile connection Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 second s Allowed Dial In Type CL PPTP IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy M L Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number ha Peer ID fo Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block Dray Tek a Username Password IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Local ID optional Cancel Vigor2850 Series User s Guide If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and
333. r URL URI Route Schedule Status x SrePPerrPreepe a a at a a 75 a at 75 aH a l l 0 11 20 gt gt lt lt Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Call Direction IN w Barring Type Specific URVURL Route All ka Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 7 Note Wildcard is supported Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check it to enable this entry Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 240 Dray Tek Call Direction Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls Barring Type Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number specific URVURL Specific URVURL Specific Number Specific URI URL or This field will be changed based on the type you selected Specific Number for barring Type Route All means all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section Applications gt gt Schedule for detailed configuration Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the re
334. r an administrator to manage a TR 069 device through an Auto Configuration Server e g VigorACS Dr ay Te k 293 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide System Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server On ACS Server WAL sername Password CPE Client Enable Disable WRAL Port Wsername Password Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time STUN Settings Disable Enable Server IP Server Port Internet PT itp 72 16 3 1026089 owrn CRN html eos pigor S eeeesose _ ____ second s pas Minimum Keep Alive Period eos second s Maximum Keep Alive Period fo second s Available settings are explained as follows Item ACS Server On ACS Server CPE Client Periodic Inform Settings STUN Settings Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server URL Username Password Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user s manual for detailed information Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Allow Deny the CPE Client to connect with Auto Configuration Server Port Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might change port number for CPE The default setting is Enable Please set inter
335. r forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 172 Dray Te k Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction Sess ea ass Others pani Sane 1 2 J Control Statistics WANT Enable Kkbps Kbps Outbound 25 25 2595 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 2556 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit This page d
336. r horne Application Management Y Enable Disable DSL Modem Settings vPI f QoS Type UBR VC 45 Protocol PPPoA Encapsulation VC MUX WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect Ping IP TTL PPPoE PPPoA Client NMPoA RFC1483 2684 ISP Access Setup Obtain an IP address automatically ISP Name Router Name x Username Domain Name Password Required for some ISPs PPF Authentication PAP or CHAP Specify an IP address E Always On IP Address Idle Timeout 1 second s Subnet Mask IP Address From ISP Gateway IP Address Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP DNS Server IP Address Fixed IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 78 Dray Te k WAN for Router borne Application Choose the router service for channel 5 6 or 7 Management It can be specified for general management Web configuration telnet TR069 If you choose Management the configuration for this PVC will be effective for Web configuration telnet TR069 VoIP It can be specified for VoIP only If you choose VoIP the configuration for this PVC will be effective for VoIP data transmitting and receiving For other settings refer to Details Page for PPPoE PPPoA in WANI ATM QoS Such configuration is applied to upstream packets Such information will be provided by ISP Please contact with your ISP for detailed information WAN
337. r router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Server IP Address SMTP Server Destination Port 514 Mail To Enable syslog message Return Path Firewall Log O Authentication VPN Log User Name User Access Log Password Call Log Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log DoS Attack Router DSL information IM P2P Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 132 Dray Te k 3 5 User Management User Management is a security feature which disallows any IP traffic except DHCP related packets from a particular host until that host has correctly supplied a valid username and password Instead of managing with IP address MAC address User Management function manages hosts with user account Network administrator can give different firewall policies or rules for different hosts with different User Management accounts This is more flexible and convenient for network management Not only offering the basic checking for Internet access User Management also provides additional firewall rules e g CSM checking for protecting hosts Internet Ce w Lisa s no
338. r2850 Series User s Guide Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy one Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Link Type PAP CHAP on off Username Password PPP Authentication VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key eg Kew Dran Q rre snared REI har fo Digital Signature x 509 m m HIEP f IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Mo Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 338 Link Type Username PAP CHAP w on off Password PPP Authentication VJ Compression IKE
339. rce has to be exposed for remote users such as FTP WWW ISON gt Call Control Call Control Setup Dial Retry o times Remote Activation ee Dial Delay Interval b second s PPP MP Dial Out Setup Basic Setup Bandwidth On Demand BOD Setup Link Type Dialup BOD w High Water Mark rogi cps PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP High Water Time 30 seconds TCP Header Compression Low Water Mark 6000 cps Idle Timeout 180 second s Low Water Time 30 second s Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Call Control Setup Dial Retry It specifies the dial retry counts per triggered packet A triggered packet is the packet whose destination is outside the local network The default setting is no dial retry If set to 5 for each triggered packet the router will dial 5 times until it is connected to the ISP or remote access router Dial Delay Interval It specifies the interval between dialup retries By default the interval is 0 second Remote Activation It can help users who would like to access the server which is off the Internet in the head office To remotely make the server to be available on the Internet i e make the router in the head office activating its Internet access either by dialing up or starting broadband connection users can make a regular phone call the number is set in the Remote Activation field to the router as signaling it for activation The phone call will be soon disconnected on
340. rds O Backup Mx Mail Extender WANT First dyndns org hw dyndns org k chronic6653 0 e max 64 characters mkanan max 23 characters PT C Force WAN IP Update Item Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password Wildcard and Backup MX Available settings are explained as follows Description Check this box to enable the current account If you did check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 WANI WAN2 WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 as the first channel for such account If WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WANS3 Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 as the only channel for such account Rite WANA First Select the service provider for the DDNS account Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Type in the password that you set for applying domain The Wildcard and Backup MX Mail Exchange features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their
341. rection setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address Range Address Any Address single Address Range Address Subnet Address Mac Address 142 Dray Tek MAC Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be controlled Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected Invert Selection If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen Below is an example of IP objects settings Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Mame Index 1 RO Department 17 2 Financial Dept 16 3 HR Department 19 4 20 J 21 3 6 2
342. ress from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP 219 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Add a Static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode Local Network IP Local Network Mask Display the local network IP and mask for TCP IP configuration You can modify the settings if required More Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router Z hitp i 192 168 1 1 LAN to LAN Profile Microsoft Internet Explorer E f3 Profile Index 1 Remote Network Network IP Netmask 255 255 255 255 32 v RIP Direction The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable From first subnet to remote network you have to do If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose NAT otherwise choose Route
343. rewall gt Filter Senaj G sable ki accept large incoming fragmented UDP or IOMP packets i for soma games ex OS Fikar Seimp Comments efault Call Fitter Bfault Data Filter El Enable Strcet Secunty Firewall Firewall Filter Serap Edit Filled Set Filter Set 1 Comments Oetauh Call p 2 a Comet Move Up Meve own Filter Set 1 Mule T i flock Hothios Down Service Type Hont Filter Se Pragenants Lok j cle cancer Application Filter Branch to Other filter Sar Bertoa Contnal MAC Bng Ie hjal of Senvice Lood fatance policy User Relais tin iat URL Cantend Filt r Advance Seting 129 Dray Tek Fl Check to enable the Filter Pile Pp Devan Comments l Down HE s mdssi m Schedule Setup al ue Drown m up Down Dinaction a uP Jaan Seurme pP m Destination b OK alin Factory Metau Firewall gt Pilli Filter Sor gt Edit Fliver Rale Sol Comments L KA EH ii u i Block MetBice LANE vei 2 WA w Ary Eda Ary Ed TORUDP Pon borm 137 138 to undated Eda Don Care Acthom Profile Syslog Pass Eho Further laich None po S000 oO NoreStnct I Hine E Aip Seld hirt Li Hene a g Hir w None at El Edt iem Cincai Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for de
344. router always keep VPN connection IKE Authentication Method usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Confirm the pre shared key Click Digital Signature to invoke this function Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effective Peer ID Choose the peer ID selection from the drop down list Local ID Choose Alternative Subject Name First or Subject Name First Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection Ple
345. rt UDP Service Port ICMP IGMP specified here TCP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and TCP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established UDP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and UDP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established TCP UPD means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and TCP UDP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established ICMP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and ICMP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established IGMP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and IGMP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established Other means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here with different TCP Service Port UDP Service Port ICMP IGMP such binding tunnel table can be established This field will display detailed information for Binding Tunnel Policy Below
346. rtificate Previous vigor ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list 3 Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 IC sUSicN vigor Mot Yet Valid lew Delete Trusted CA 2 lew Delete Trusted CA 3 WEW Delete IMPORT REFRESH 4 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Mame Trusted CA 1 Issuer Ml USreoN vigor Subject IOsUSiehl vigar Subject Alternative Name Valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid Ta Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Close ONS draytek com Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first Dray Tek 361 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 4 9 Creating an Account for MyVigor The website of MyVigor a server located on http myvigor draytek com provides several useful services such as Anti Spam Web Content Filter Anti Intrusion and etc to filtering the web pages for the sake of protecting your system To access into MyVigor for g
347. rtion Tag value Priority Yeas Ethernet E B _ 4095 eo 7 Send SMS if line drops out Send Mail Alert if line drops out OO Active Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Display Name Physical Mode Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface 52 Dray Tek Physical type Line Speed VLAN Tag insertion Send SMS if the drops out Send Mail Alert if line drops out Active Mode Backup Type WANS with USB You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system Auto negotiation 10M1 half duplex TOM full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the WAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by WANI Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag Tag value Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type
348. rvers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status 1 2 3 4 aie G f g 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt ext gt gt Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection Dray Tek 105 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide NAT gt gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAR IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN IP Public Port Priva
349. s Note The status is valid only when the peer also supports this function Cancel Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Item Mode Security WEP Pre shared Key Bridge Repeater Access Point Function Status Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater mode is for the second one Dis Disable Bridge Repeater There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Type There are some types for you to choose WPA and WPA2 are used for WDS devices e g 2920n wireless router you can set the encryption mode as WPA or WPA2 to establish your WDS system between AP and the router Key Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check E
350. s Guide Description Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account Display the profile name of the account Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Display the account name of SIP address before Display the codec type for the account Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call Set Phone ISDN1 S0 or ISDN TE as the default ring port for the SIP account If you choose Phone or ISDN1 SO the ISDN2 TE selection will be dimmed vice versa There are ten internal lines with numbers 30 39 offered for ISDN S0 You can specify any one of them as ring port for specified SIP account By the way ISDN SO can be used by mapping with MSN numbers Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server Type in the IP address or domain of the STUN server Type in the gateway IP address 246 Dray Tek SIP PING interval The default value is 150 sec It is useful for a Nortel server NAT Traversal Support Click any index link to access into the following page for configuring SIP account VoIP gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Ps 11 char max COI Call without Registration 68 char ma 68 char mae C Act
351. s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management Backup Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LA4N to LAN Profile is disabled or under Dial In Call Direction at present Members active Type Load Balance Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to LAN Profile is disabled or under Dial In Call Direction at present No Status Name Memberi active Type Members active Type General Setup Status Enable Disable Profile Name Memberi Please select a LAN to LAN Dial Out profile Ww Member2 Please select a LAN to LaN Dial Out profile Active Mode Backup O Load Balance Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Backup Profile List Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile No The order of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Status v means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Name Display the name of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Member Display the dial out profile selected from the Member drop down list below Active Yes means normal condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Type Display the connection type for that profile such as Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 222 Dray Te k IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec NIC
352. s Is OK or NoOb cccccccccccececeseeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeseeessuaaseeeeeeess 371 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 372 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer cccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeceeeaeeeeeeeeeessaeaeeeeeeees 374 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 375 5 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection cccccccccccsesseeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeceeeeeseeaeaseeeeeesssuaeseeeeeeees 375 5 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary cee eecccccecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeeeeesaaaeeeeess 376 5 7 Contacting Your Dealer ccccccccsceeccceeeeeeeeseeeceeeeceueeeseeeeeeeeeseeesseceeeeseuaaseeeeeeeeessuaaeeeeeeeeees 377 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide x Dray Tek A Preface Vigor2850 series is a VDSL2 router It integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES DES 3DES the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers several protocols such as IPSec PPTP L2TP with up to 32 VPN tunnels The object based design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy with ease CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more ef
353. s and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed Dray Tek 187 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 9 6 IGMP IGMP 1s the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups Applications gt gt IGMP IGMP C Enable IGMP Proxy WAN1 IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled L Enable IGMP Snooping Enable IGMP Snooping multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disable IGMP snooping multicast traffic is treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic OK Refresh Working Multicast Groups Index Group ID P1 P2 P3 P4 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed through WAN port In addition such function is available in NAT mode Enable IGMP Snooping Check this box to enable this functio
354. s each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde WEP 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox Dray Te k 271 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D Encryption Mode 64 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four Keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use 3 14 4 Access Control In the Access Control the router may restrict wireless access to certain wireless clients only by locking their MAC address into a black or white list The user may block wireless clients by inserting their MAC addresses into a black list or only let them be able to connect by inserting their MAC addresses into a w
355. s enabled If the firewall system does not have any response pass or block for these packets such as no response coming from web content filter then the router s firewall will block the packets directly Default Rule Page Such page allows you to choose filtering profiles including QoS Load Balance policy WCF APP Enforcement URL Content Filter AI AV AS for data transmission via Vigor router Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Default Rule Actions for default rule Application Action Profile Syslog Filter oO Sessions Control 67 f Quality of Service Mone Load Balance policy Auto select User Management None APP Enforcement Mone URL Content Filter Mone Web Content Filter Mone Advance Setting Edit lt m NNN N N Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 18 Dray Tek Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Filter Sessions Control Quality of Service Load Balance Policy User Management Dray Tek Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter rules Filter The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 60000 Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later Choose the WAN interface for applying Load Balance Policy
356. s not listed you can create a new port Use the following port LPT Recommended Printer Port ars Use the LPT 1 port to communicate with a local orinter H is port should look something like thi Create a new port Type of port Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 12 Dray Tek 6 Inthe following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct 8 Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 9100 Device 192 163 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 A
357. set by telnet command ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Separate Account for ADSL In default WAN1 supports VDSL ADSL and uses the same PPPoE account and password for connection If required you can configure another account and password for ADSL connection by Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 58 Dray Tek checking this box If it is checked the system will ask you to type another group of account and password additionally PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action IP Address From ISP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the curren
358. settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects Keyword 1 2 keyword 2 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this group Dray Tek 153 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object Objects page within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in this box a vere a Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in this box 3 6 9 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 3 2 6 J i 4 8 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 154 Dray Tek Objects Setting gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Profile Name f
359. siqnment for Dial In Users ia hen DHCP Disable set Dial In PPP DAP o CHAP E WwW Authentication Assigned IP start LAN 1 192 168 1 200 ao 192 168 2200 MPPE Optional WIPPE w LAN 2 Mutual Authentication PAP O ves No LAN 3 1921683200 Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Dial In PPP Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Description PAP Only elect this option to force the router to authenticate dial in users with the PAP protocol PAP or CHAP Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Optional MPPE This option represents that the MPPE encryption method will be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data Optional MPPE w Optional MPPE Require MPPEMON 26 bit Maximum MPPEM 26 bit Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encrypt
360. ss LAN ON OFF WPS button once to wait for client device ON OFF WPS making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button twice to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Phone 1 2 Connecter for analog phone s Line Connector for PSTN life line GigaLAN 1 3 Connecters for local network devices 4 WAN Connecter for local network devices or remote network devices VDSL ADSL Connecter for accessing the Internet USB Connecter for a USB device for 3G USB Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dr ay Tek I Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 1 2 4 For Vigor2850i nae Pali Vigor2850i a LEY LeK ial ia S Maak i ISDN GigaLAN 1 ACT WCF DoS O USB ADSL VPN Factory Reset WAN2 VDSL QoS LED SEWE ACT Activity Blinking USB Blinking WAN2 Blinking WCF O 5 B 5 5 5 5 5 5 ADSL Blinking VDSL Blinking DoS Blinking VPN Qos LED on Connector Right LED ISDN Green Off Blinking D Left LED GigaLAN 1 2 3 Green 5 s ff Blinking on Green Off Left LED GigaLAN 4 WAN Green
361. ss Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Type the name and click Apply The initial string 1 is shared with APN In some cases user may need another initial AT command to restrict 3G band or do any special settings Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP 71 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide PPP Username PPP Password Always On WAN Connection Detection Type the PPP username optional Type the PPP password optional If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Details Page for IPv6 Offline in WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 When Offline is selected
362. ssword Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask 192 168 1 6 255 255 255 0 Cancel When you choose IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client IPSec Settings Profile Name YPN Dial Qut Through C Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 1 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium CAH High ESP Remote Network IP Pemote Network Mask Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 194 mT vee WANI First 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 Dray Tek Dray Tek Profile Name VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP Settings Profile Name VPN Dial Qut Through O Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN fe g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Username Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP over IPSec Nice to Have Settings Profile Name YPN Dial OQut Through O Always an Server IPHost Name for PM e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 5095 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium AH
363. st Enable Action Block Action Groups Categories Child Protection Select All V Alcohol amp Tobacco Hate amp Intolerance V Porn amp Sexually School Cheating Child Abuse Images Clear All Leisure Select All Clear All Entertainment J Travel BUSINESS L na L Compromised Finance LI News Politics L Restaurants amp Dining C General Image Sharing Private IP Addresses Group Object Selections V Criminal Activity Tegal Drug Violence Sex Education Ul Games Leisure amp Recreation LI Dating amp Personals C Government Cl Non profits amp NGOs Peal Estate Cl Shopping LJ cults LJ Network Errors Cl Uncategorised Sites Available settings are explained as follows Item Black White List Description OO E Gambling V Nudity Weapons Tasteless Cl Sports L Fashion amp Beauty LJ Education Cl Health amp Medicine Personal Sites C Religion Cl Translators Cl Greeting cards Parked Domains Enable Activate white black list function for such profile Group Object Selections Click Edit to choose the group or object profile as the content of white black list Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with th
364. status is enabled in default LAN2 LAN3 LAN3 and IP Routed Subnet can be observed by checking the box of Status DHCP LANI is configured with DHCP in default If required please check the DHCP box for each LAN IP Address Display the IP address for each LAN item Such information is set in default and you can not modify it Details Page Click it to access into the setting page Each LAN will have different LAN configuration page Each LAN must be configured in different subnet IPv6 Click it to access into the settings page of IPv6 Check the box to link two or more different subnets LAN and LAN 88 Dray Tek Details Page for LAN1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup There are two configuration pages for LAN1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup based on IPv4 and IPv6 Setup Click the tab for each type and refer to the following explanations for detailed information LAN gt gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN 1 IPv6 Setup Network Configuration For NAT Usage DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server IP Address 192 168 1 1 Enable Relay Agent Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 197 168 1 10 IP Pool Counts 50 RIP Protocol Control Gateway IP Address 192 165 1 1 DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address C Force router to use address for DNS Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Network Configura
365. t gt WAN interface Local host can use this IP to connect to Internet If you want to choose any one of the Public IP settings you must specify some IP addresses in the IP Alias List of the Static DHCP Configuration page first If you did not type in any IP address in the IP Alias List the Public IP setting will be empty in this field When you click Apply a message will appear to inform you Private IP Assign an IP address e g 192 168 1 10 or a subnet to be compared with the Public IP address for incoming packets Subnet Mask Select a value of subnet mask for private IP address 3 3 5 Port Triggering Port Triggering is a variation of open ports function the difference is that the port triggering has the dynamic characteristics It is more secure comparing to open ports In Open Ports setting once we setup the ports be opened all traffic can go through these open ports into LAN device with Port Triggering function the ports will be opened only when specific application triggers the specific ports and then the needed ports will be opened automatically NAT gt gt Port Triggering Port Triggering Setto Factory Default Index Comment Triggering Protocol Triggering Port Incoming Protocol Incoming Port Status x serine eh gt eS i AO A FF FR FR Oe i Fi Mi A D a T Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Comment Display the text which memorizes the appli
366. t authentication mode of the router Only WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK support WPS Configure via Push Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup Button procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Configure via Client Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you PinCode wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Dray Tek 275 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 14 6 WDS WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface LANS LAN1 LAN2 The application for the WDS Repeater mode 1s depicted as below Host with Host with Host with bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 v Y s os _ poo s ss eee eww
367. t is designed for the DSL ISDN POTS 2 4GHz S5GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product Dray Te k v Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Vigor2850 Series User s Guide vi Dr ay Tek Table of Contents BOT ACS ie cease E EEE E E E E AES 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation ccccccccccccceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeeessaaaaeeeeeeeeessaaeaeees 1 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors 2 0 0 cccceeecccceecceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeseeseeesssueeseeeeeeeesssaansaees 2 Nee A Ol VOOr ZOO varaseuancassencnad aeanainsnnhusavarannseeatalnaudesnuettnasuaanddassiesinadantesasateanduesinsaraielsaumbindss 2 1 2 2 FOr VIGO 6 OO adassrniuinshuenqess ahancnincuntcanstanves inns oiasanieciauertncauudxduadunesousiandtaansuns and iainasmeniennastanteans 4 1 23 FOr VIG OI2 COON Misri EE EE E EEEE 6 1 24 FOF VIgOr28 50l esner E a E AE T E EE S 8 1 3 Har ware Installati n g2c secarseoseeasaececustenaccdecevsesaceaecescaeceaeeece2 enscencavae idenana aaia ne aTa irana 10 14 Printer Metalalioi serseri a a AE Ea 11 Basic SettingS sssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnnm 17 2 1 Accessing Web A Cece sce tsecetaancencetasede tose sees comenans lt atissedsdeceencusupesacessasasns taesdeu ctndseueemecsann ance 17 2 2 Changing FAS SWONG sseceeeta nce desicecenionsseiacenasanivunlocies aeicea
368. t might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IP Address Mac Address Index IF Address Mac fiddress Add and Edit Mac Address fy eee PW C Show Comment Note IP MaAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Disable Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Strict Bind Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List ARP Table This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below Select All Click this link to select all the items in the ARP table Sort Reorder the table based on the IP address Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 102 Dray Te k Refresh Refresh the ARP table listed below to obtain the newest ARP table information Add and Edit
369. t one you are using E WAH IE lias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 172 16 4 229 Y Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Applications gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Dr ay Tek 59 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Details Page for MPoA Static or Dynamic IP in WAN1 MPoA is a specification that enables ATM services to be integrated with existing LANs which use either Ethernet token ring or TCP IP protocols The goal of MPoA is to allow different LANs to send packets to each other via an ATM backbone To use MPoA Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the Internet select MPoA Static or Dynamic IP from the WAN gt gt Internet Access gt gt WANI1 page The following web page will appear WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE PPPoA MPoA Static or Dynamic IP IPvb Enable Disable WAN IP Netw
370. t with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address
371. tack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 116 Dray Tek 1 SYN flood attack 9 SYN fragment 2 UDP flood attack 10 Fraggle attack 3 ICMP flood attack 11 TCP flag scan 4 Port Scan attack 12 Tear drop attack 5 IP options 13 Ping of Death attack 6 Land attack 14 ICMP fragment 7 Smurf attack 15 Unknown protocol 8 Trace route Below shows the menu items for Firewall 3 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page General Setup Page Such page allows you to
372. tained 01 28 23 2007 168 95 1 1 DNS Servers Lease Expires Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 Up Speed Down Speed SWR Margin Loop Att ad al male Dray Tek 301 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 16 8 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2010 Apr Frid 1 58 Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Server IP Address pool ntp org Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin ka Enable Daylight Saving F Automatically Update Interval Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Time Protocol Select a time protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to enable the daylight saving Such feature is available for certain area Automatically Update Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Interval Click OK to save these settings Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 302 Dray Tek 3 16 9 Management This pa
373. tatic or Dynamic IP in WAN2 For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please click the Static or Dynamic IP tab The following web page will be shown Dr ay Tek 65 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Enable Disable ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode Keep WAN Connection C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP PING Interval WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL MTU Max 1500 RIP Protocol C Enable RIP Static or Dynamic IP 0s minute s ARP Detect PPTP L2TP IPv6 WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Router Name Domain Name Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 3 103 255 255 0 0 172 16 1 1 Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address oo 10 Aa 00 oo 02 DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address 168 95 1 1 Secondary IP Address Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable
374. te IP Private Port Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal h
375. tebook p al WLAN _User_Group_A Password wugi23 Allen s PC be Tom s PC R d David s notebook WLAN User_Group_B LAN _User_Group_i Password wug456 Password lug123 Diana s PC LAN be Amy s PC A Not controlled by user Management LAN User Group 2 Password lug456 a Note Filter rules configured under Firewall usually are applied to the host the one that the router installed only With user management the rules can be applied to every user connected to the router with customized profiles Note If Transparency Mode is selected in Firewall gt gt General Setup User Management cannot be used any more Please uncheck Transparency Mode first if you want to utilize user management to handle users in LAN WAN or WLAN User Management Dray Tek 133 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 5 1 General Setup General Setup can determine the standard rule based or user based for the users controlled by User Management The mode standard selected here will influence the contents of the filter rule s applied to every user General Setup Mode Rule Based Notice 1 User Management will refer ta active rules in Data Filter as whitelists and blacklists In User based firewall mode 2 Users match the above lists will not be required for authentication The firewall rules policy will still valid 3 Otherwise authentication required for users not matched the above lists The firew
376. tem Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file ae Click Restore ta upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 298 Dray Tek 3 16 7 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mai SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup J Enable Syslog Save to Syslog Server USB Disk Alert Setup Mail Alert Setup Cl Enable Router Name CCM Te Server IP Address Po Return Path Destination Port 514 Mail Syslog Enable Enable syslog message Firewall Log PRH Log User Access Log Call Log WAR Log Router DSL information AlertLog Setup Enable AlertLog Port 514 Authentication Enable E Mail Alert DoS Attack IMl P2P YPM LOG Note 1 Mail Syslog cannot be activated unless USB Disk is ticked for Syslog Save to 2 Mail Syslog feature sends a Syslog file when its size reaches 1M Bytes Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item
377. tes Tools gt D P Sea Server Properties Set Up Faxing Create Shortcut Delete Rename EERE Close 4 Click Local printer attached to this computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer O A network printer or a printer attached to another computer e Toset up a network printer that is not attached to a print server J use the Local printer option Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections e If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects LD through a USB port for any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable into your computer or point the printer toward your computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Windows will automatically install the printer for you To continue click Next Cancel 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port i
378. th WANG Bandwidth Sessions a Tx Kbps a RX Kbps Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph we Refresh Weekly Show Chart WAMI Bandwidth 56 a Tx Kbps a Ex Kops The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI WAN2 WAN3Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 317 3 17 10 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route IPVvV4 OIPVE Trace through Unspecified Protocol ICMP Fun Result Clear or Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace Host IP Address S Run Result Clear Available settings are explained as follows Item Description IPv4 IPv6 Click one of them to display corresponding information for Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 318 Dray Te k Dray Tek Trace through Protocol Host IP Address Trace Host IP Address Run Clear it Use the drop down list to choose the interface that you want to
379. th groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address Objects Setting 3 6 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name FREEBREB EPP RFP PEEP e a i a Ui a ju l SFEBEBREBBEBRBEBEER A A ea hw Ped fatal had tn diss g iT i an am i Pied oa _h Pat am E ok g oe ok aa Peat i Vv D w pa i i Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Dray Te k 141 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 11 Name Interface Address Type Mac Address Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection RD Department Any Range Address oY oo oo Yoo Yen 192 168 1 65 192 166 1 69 li Available settings are explained as follows Item Name Interface Address Type Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Description Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface A H V LANE TAPI VAL For example the Di
380. the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function 131 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Block Ping of Death Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Block ICMP Fragment Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped Block Unknown Protocol Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets Warning Messages We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigo
381. the current settings and restart the Vigor router Dr ay Tek 27 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet PPTP L2TP 1 Choose WAN2 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 2 Select one of the folowing Internet Access types provided by your ISP Static IP DHCP 2 Click PPTP L2TP as the Internet Access Type Then click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard LTF Client Mode WAN 2 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuration and L2TP server IP provided by your ISP WARN IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address fs Subnet Mask Primary DNS Po Second ONS fo L2TP Server fo Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 28 Dray Tek Available settings are explained as follows Item Description User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password WAN IP Obtain an IP address automatically the router will get Configuration an IP address automatically from DHCP server Specify an IP address you have to type relational settings manuall
382. the end IP address for limit bandwidth Each Shared Select Each to make each IP within the range of Start IP and End IP having the same speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields select Shared to make all the IPs within the range of Start IP and End IP share the speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allow you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Smart Bandwidth Limit Check this box to have the bandwidth limit determined by the system automatically TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule
383. the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Multicast via VPN Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Call Direction Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both 1nitiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection Enable PING to Keep alive This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address Enable PING to keep alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it sho
384. the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP IP Address Assignment Method IPCP In most environments you should not change these settings as most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address Secondary ISP Setup ISP Name Enter the secondary ISP name Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by the ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP IP Address Assignment Method IPCP In most environments you should not change these settings as most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address Dray Te k 261 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide After entering the necessary settings and clicking OK you will see Goto ISDN Diagnostic link appears on the bottom of the webp link ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP Active Configuration ISP Access Setup ISP Name Dial Number sername Password Require ISP callback Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup os age To have an ISDN connection please click this PPP MP Setup Link Type Dialup 126Kbps PPP Authentication FAP or CHAP Idle Timeout 180 seconds IP Address Assignment Method I
385. then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over IPSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 204 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKEIPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remot
386. thers Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio Yo C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize 6 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS And click OK Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 2 Name HTTPS NO Status Local Address Remote Address Darsa Service Type CodePoint Any Any ANY ANY 7 Click Setup link for WAN2 Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Class Class Class LN Online Index Status Bandwidth Direction 7 277 _ Others Bandwidth _ 1 2 3 Control Statistics WANI Enable Kbps Kbps Outbound 25 25 ki 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN2 Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Both 25 25 25 Active WAN3 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 Inactive Class Rule Index Name i Service Type Class 1 E mail Class 2 HTTPS i Edit Class 3 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 350 Dr ay Te k 8 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio E mail 25 be HTTPS Others Limited_bandwidth Ratio C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize 9 Ifthe work
387. this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Dray Tek 37 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 2 5 Online Status Online Status k F 2 5 1 Physical Connection Such page displays the physical connection status such as LAN connection status WAN connection status ADSL information and so on Physical Connection for IPv4 Protocol Online Status System Uptime 4 7 53 Physical Connection IPv4 IPvo LAN Status Primary DNS 5 5 5 8 Secondary DNS 8 8 4 4 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 165 1 1 53964 729498 WAN 1 Status gt gt Dial PPPoE Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes wOSL PPPOE 00 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps aS mae O 0 0 O Message PPP Shutdown WAN 2 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet Static IP 4 07 44 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps ir2 16 3 103 Lee Leda dk 29011 351 125630 1230 WAN 3 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Signal Yes SEB igi 00 00 00 IP GW IF TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps an PRA 0 a 0 Physical Connection for IPv6 Protocol Online Status Physical Connection IPw4 IPvb System Uptime 4 3 42 LAN Status IP Address FESO 250 7FFF FEEA fEC 8 64 Link TX Packets WAN IPv Status Enable Vigor2850 Series User s Guide RX Packets 0 Mode Offline TX Bytes 156 Up Time 38 RX
388. tication 215 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Vigor2850 Series User s Guide scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MDS5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm Advanced Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup 1s shown as below fo IKE sirami otha Wieden laimei Rep lore IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the com
389. tiion IPye Address Prefix Length Ca ET Current IPv6 Address Table Index IPw6 Addresa Prefix Length 1 FESO 250 7FFF FEE amp 7EC8 64 It provides 2 daemons for LAN side IPv6 address configuration One is RADVD stateless and the other is DHCPv6 Server Stateful Available settings are explained as follows Item Description RADVD Configuration Enable Click it to enable RADVD server The router advertisement daemon radvd sends Router Advertisement messages specified by RFC 2461 to a local Ethernet LAN periodically and when requested by a node sending a Router Solicitation message These messages are required for IPv6 stateless auto configuration Disable Click it to disable RADVD server Advertisement Lifetime The lifetime associated with the default router in units of seconds It s used to control the lifetime of the prefix The maximum value corresponds to 18 2 hours A lifetime of 0 indicates that the router is not a default router and should not appear on the default router Dr ay Tek 91 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide list DHCPv6 Server Enable Server Click it to enable DHCPV6 server Configuration DHCPv6 Server could assign IPv6 address to PC according to the Start End IPv6 address configuration Disable Server Click it to disable DHCPv6 server Start IPv6 Address End IPv6 Address Type the start and end address for IPv6 server DNS Server IPv6 Address Primary DNS Sever Type t
390. tion DHCP Server Configuration Description For NAT Usage IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 RIP Protocol Control Disable deactivate the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default Enable activate the RIP protocol DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Enable Relay Agent Specify which subnet that DHCP 89 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide DNS Server IP Address Vigor2850 Series User s Guide server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to star
391. tion between each other Vigor VoIP Router Vigor VoIP Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerable for data traffic Dray Tek 235 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 3 12 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book and Digit Map links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Configuration Phone Book Digit Map Call Barring Regional PSTN Setup Secure Phone configuration Enable Secure Phone ZRTP SRTP Enable SAS Yoice Prompt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Secure Phone It allows users to have encrypted RTP stream with the peer side using the same protocol ZRTP SRTP Check this box to have secure call Enable SAS Voice Prompt If it is enabled SAS prompt will be heard for both ends every time If it is disabled no SAS prompt will be heard any more Application for Secure Phone Enable SAS Voice Prompt for ex if vigor router A calls vigor router B with chec
392. tions such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 186 Dray Te k and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Advanced Settings or eR oe ee General Services Connect to the Internet using Select the services running on your network that Internet users can aCCess J IF Broadband Connection on Router Ftp Example menmedgr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDP menmegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a menmsgr 192 168 29 11 8789 63231 TCP shared connection on another computer eae Show icon in notification area when connected eS Edit ais is mrm The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesse
393. ts of SIP URL Address Enter your friend s SIP Address Choose one of the SIP accounts for this profile to dial out It is useful for both sides caller and callee that registered to different SIP Registrar servers If caller and callee do not use the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured Choose PSTN to enable loop through function When the VoIP phone is obstructs or the Internet breaks down for some reasons the backup phone will be dialed out to replace the VoIP phone number At this time the phone call will be changed from VoIP phone into PSTN call according to the loop through direction chosen Note that during the phone switch the blare of phone will appear for a short time And when the VoIP phone is switched into the PSTN phone the telecom co might charge you for the connection fee Please type in backup phone number PSTN number ISDN number for this VoIP phone setting ZRTP SRTP It allows users to have encrypted RTP stream with the peer side using the same protocol ZRTP SRTP Check this box to have secure call Note If the incoming or outgoing calls do not match any entry on the phonebook the router will try to make the call being protected But if the call ends up unprotected e g peer side does not support ZRTP SRTP the router will not play out a warning message Digit Map
394. uick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 Dray Tek 47 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices t
395. uide NAT gt Address Mapping Address Mapping Setup Setto Factory Default Index Protocol Public IP Private IP Mask Status 1 ALL 1f 2 16 35 102 a2 8 Z ALL 1f2 16 35 102 fae 8 a3 ALL 1f2 16 35 102 a2 4 ALL ir2 16 3 102 fae 8 I ALL LlF2 LB LMR fae 8 6 ALL Lf2 16 3 102 fae H l ALL 172 16 3 102 fae 8 8 ALL irz2 18 3 102 fae T ALL 172 16 3 102 fae 8 10 ALL 1f 2 16 3 102 fae Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Protocol Display the protocol used for this address mapping Public IP Display the public IP address selected for this entry e g 172 16 3 102 Private IP Display the private IP set for this address mapping e g 192 168 1 10 Mask Display the subnet mask selected for this address mapping Status Display the status for the entry enable or disable Click the index number link to open the configuration page NAT gt gt Address Mapping Index No 1 C Enable Protocol ALL vi WAN Interface WAN IP 1 172 16 3 102 Private IP Po Subnet Mask Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check to enable this entry Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or ALL for selection Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 112 Dray Te k WAN Interface Choose the WAN interface for such address mapping profile WAN IP Select an IP address the selections provided here are set in IP Alias List of Network g
396. uld follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection PING to the IP Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Type of Server I am calling PPTP Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the 214 Dray Tek Dray Tek authentication of remote server IPSec Tunnel Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection User Name This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above
397. utton The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 2 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP LATP Static IP DHCP 2 Click DHCP as the Internet Access type Simply click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard DHCP Client Mode WAN 2 If your ISP requires you to enter a specific hast name or specific MAC address please enter it in Host Name Koptionah MAC oo so FF 00 O00 02 optional Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Host Name Type the name of the host MAC Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to enter the MAC address Back Click it to return to previous setting page Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 32 Dray Tek 4 5 Dray Tek Next Click it to get into the next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard After finished the settings above click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAR Interface WARE Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access DHCP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK wil
398. val time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification The default is Disable If you click Enable please type the 294 Dray Tek relational settings listed below Server IP Type the IP address of the STUN server Server Port Type the port number of the STUN server Minimum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the minimum period The default setting is 60 seconds Maximum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the maximum period A value of 1 indicates that no maximum period is specified 3 16 3 Administrator Password This page allows you to set new password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password O Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is admin New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Dr
399. vate i 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 1 1 WANZ C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 directly connected LANI C 172 16 0 0 255 255 0 0 directly connected WANZ Refresh Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table IPv6 Routing Table Destination Interface Flags Metric FES0 7 64 LAN U 256 FFOO 8 LAN U 256 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click it to reload the page 3 17 3 ARP Cache Table Retresh Next Hop Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 310 Dray Tek Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table Clear Refresh IP Address MAC Address Netbios Name Interface 192 168 1 10 E0 CB 4E DAR 42 73 CARRIE OCTCB251 LANI Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click it to reload the page 3 17 4 IPv6 Neighbour Table The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IPv6 address This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click IPv6 Neighbour Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View IPv6 Neighbour Table IFv6 a ising Refresh z r lrpv
400. vices only lower performance Packet OVERDRIVE C Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance Rate Control Enable Upload Download SSID 1 o s0000_ kbps 0000 kbps SSID 2 o aoo00 kbps s0000 keps SSID 3 o s0000_ kbps 0000 kbps SSID 4 o aooo kbps fso000__ keps Note range 100 50 000 kbps Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to 11n Only 11g Only Mixed 11b 11g Mixed 1la 11n Mixed 11g 11n and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mixed 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n 11g Only 11n Only Mixed 1b 1 1g Mixedtl1g 1 inj Mixed 11b 11g 11n In which 802 11b g operates on 2 4G band 802 11a operates on 5G band and 802 11n operates on either 2 4G Dray Tek 267 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Index 1 15 Hide SSID SSID Isolate Channel Long Preamble Packet OVERDRIVE Vigor2850 Series User s Guide or 5G band Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wirel
401. vironment Recovers Detection Normal choose this mode to make all dial out VPN TRUNK backup profiles being activated alternatively Resume when VPN connection breaks down or disconnects Member will be the top priority for the system to do VPN connection This field will display detailed information for Environment 229 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Recovers Detection 3 10 10 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds General Mode ML Da Backup Mode Load Balance Mode VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol Sa ee Tx Tx Rate Rx Rx Rate VPN Type Remote IP Virtual Network Pkts Bps Pkts Bps UpTime MEBXMENN Data is encrypted HMEEXMMER Data isn t encrypted Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Dial out Tool General Mode This filed displays the profile configured in LAN to LAN with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by General Mode does not support VPN backup function Refresh Seconds Alfa 192 168 0 26 Dial g Aifa j 192168026 Dial Backup Mode If Bentley 192 168 0 27 Load Balance Mode Audi 192 168 0 28 Dial BMW 192 16
402. w The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 276 Dray Te k Dray Tek Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 Host with bridge Interface 1 Host with bridge Interface 2 Host with bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Wireless LAN gt WDS Settings WDS Settings Mode Security Disable WEP Pre shared Key WEP Use the same WEP key set in Security Settings Pre shared Key Type WPA WPA Note WPA and WPA are not compitable with DrayTek WPA Key Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsO1a2 or 0x65S5abcd Available settings are explained as follows 217 Setto Factory Default Bridge Enable Note Disable unused links to performance Repeater Enable Access Point Function Enable Disable Status C Send Hello message to peer
403. wall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Default Call Filter Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down L UP Down L UP Down L UP Down L UP Down e L UP Down a UP Next Filter Set Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Filter Rule Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Active Enable or disable the filter rule Comment Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Move Up Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 122 Dray Te k Firewall gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 3 Rule 1 C Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Clear sessions when schedule ON C Enable Direction Source IP Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter Branch to Other Filter Set Sessions Control MAC Bind IP uality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Cont
404. width Ratio s o C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 174 Dray Te k Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth WAN Outbound Bandwidth Reserved Bandwidth Ratio Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Limited_bandwidth Ratio The factory default for this setting 1s checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for WAN2 WANS For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 1000kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for WAN2 WANS For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming vid
405. without other detecting equipments to be set up Second it may be able to view traffic on one or more ports within a VLAN at the same time Third it can transfer all data traffics to be mirrored to one analyzer connect to the mirroring port Last it is more convenient and easy to configure in user s interface LAN gt LAN Port Mirror LAN Port Mirror Port Mirror Enable Disable Mirror port Ope Ops p4 Mirrored port CPi C P2 Ces CF4 Available settings are explained as follows Dr ay Tek 103 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Item Description Port Mirror Check Enable to activate this function Or check Disable to close this function Mirror Port Select a port to view traffic sent from mirrored ports Mirrored port Select which ports are necessary to be mirrored After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 3 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time
406. wn the power switch on the rear panel 6 The system starts to initiate After completing the system test the ACT LED will light up and start blinking For the hardware connection we take Vn model as an example and line jack POTS ADSL Splitter or Phone Adapter Ls Tial Vigpr28 je VOH Sacunty Firr al O g i OFF PWR Power Switch Cable DSL Modem or Media Converter LAN Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 10 Dr ay Te k 1 4 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE Vista please visit www DrayTek com Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes Documents Ei l Settings Ea Control Panel Network Connections Search e Printers and Faxes of Taskbar and Start Menu Help and Support Run Log OFF coco lee Turn OFF Computer Start d oy 4Internet Explorer Maat Open File gt Add Printer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Dray Tek Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Add Printer Wizard Printers and Faxes Edit View Favori
407. wner gt ipconfig C Documents and Ethernet adapter Test Line 5 Connection specific DNS Suffix Ferer eee SR SBS BSE Sees a STE feet MASE a oes te abate ate ats ane ats at Bet BetaulicGakeway 2b ee ee ee Ethernet adapter Draylek Virtual Interface Marree on eee ER BEG From the above figure we can see IPv6 IP address has been captured by the system 2 Use the Ping command to ping any IPv6 address indicating an IPv6 website For example www kame net is a website supporting IPv4 IP and IPv6 IP services Its IPv6 address is seen with a format of 2001 200 dff fff 2 16 3eff feb1 44d7 GY C AWINDO WS isystem32 cmd exe jol x y from 2001 2090 Jeff febl 44d from 2001 200 sSeff febl 44d 32 Te from 2001 200 febl 44d time WLS y from 2001 200 febl 44d7 time 617me Ping g fl6 3eff febl 44d Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost 0 0 logs Approximate round trip times in milli secends Minimum 61 me Maximum 743me Average 652me After getting the above message it means the IPv6 service has been activated successfully 331 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Connect to the website for IPv6 Open a web browser and type an URL of IPv6 e g www kame net If your computer accesses into the website by using IPv6 address you may see a turtle dancing on the screen If not only a steady turtle will be seen E The KAME project Windows Internet Explorer mex g 4 Uhttpivewy kame net Ra
408. working in the enterprise network 347 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Dial To TEH Session Name office VPM Server IPF HOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 165 1 1 User Mame draytek_userl Password FEE Type of YPN PPTP LET IPSec Tunnel COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption O Mo encryption O Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner 4 5 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in the restroom 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction iain aai Others se onae 1 2 3 Control Statistics WANI Enable Kbps Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN2 Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN3 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 Click Setup link of WAN 1 2 3 M
409. x Display the WAN interface Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 that entered in general setup Physical Mode It shows the physical connection for WAN1 ADSL VDSL WAN2 Ethernet WAN3 3G USB Modem according to the real network connection Access Mode Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode The details page of that mode will be popped up If not click Details Page for accessing the page to configure the settings Details Page This button will open different web page based on IPv4 according to the access mode that you choose in WAN interface IPv6 This button will open different web page based on Physical Mode to setup IPv6 Internet Access Mode for WAN interface If IPv6 service is active on this WAN interface the color of TPv6 will become green Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 56 Dray Tek Details Page for PPPoE PPPOA in WAN1 To choose PPPoE PPPOA as the accessing protocol of the Internet please select PPPoE PPPoA from the WAN gt gt Internet Access gt gt WANI page The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE PPPoA Enable Disable Modem Settings for ADSL only Multi P C channel PI CI Encapsulating Type Protocol Modulation PPPoE Pass through LJ For Wired LAN C For Wireless LAN WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL Channel 1 MPoA Static or Dynamic IP Pv ISP Access Setup Separate Account
410. y IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway Type the IP address of the gateway Primary DNS Type in the primary IP address for the router Second DNS Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future PPTP Server L2TP Type the IP address of the server Server Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 Please type in the IP address mask gateway information originally provided by your ISP Then click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WARE Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access L2TP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the wigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Dr ay Te k 29 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Static IP 1 Choose WAN2 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 2 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTR
411. y basic settings This chapter explains how to setup a password for accessing into the web configurator of Vigor router and how to adjust settings for accessing Internet successfully 2 1 Accessing Web Page 1 Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of the guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The following window will be open to ask for username and password Username Password z al Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 3 Please type admin admin as the Username Password and click Login Notice If you fail to access to the web configuration please go to Trouble Shooting for detecting and solving your problem Dray Tek 17 Vigor2850 Series User s Guide 4 Now the Main Screen will appear Vigor2850 enes ae VDSL2 Security Firewall Auto Logout MA IRG Quick Start Wizard Service Activation Wizard Online Status VDSL gt WAN LAN NAT Firewall User Management Objects Setting CSM Bandwidth Management Applications VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management VoIP Wireless LAN USB Application System Maintenan

Draytek Vigor2850 ADSL2+ Ethernet LAN White

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents